Loading...
AG 16-024I I RETURN TO: EXT: CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING 2. ORIGINATING 4. TYPE ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ PUBLIC ❑ PROFESSIONAL ❑ GOODS ❑ REAL ❑ ORDINANCE CONTRACT ❑ OTHER 5. PROJECT 6. NAME 7. EXHIBITS 8. TERM: 9. TOTAL REIMBURSABLE IS SALES RETAINAGE: PURCHASING: 10. DOCUMENT ❑ PROJECT ❑ DIRECTOR ❑ RISK ❑ LAW 11. COUNCIL 12. CONTRACT ❑ SENT ❑ ATTACH: ❑ LAW ❑ CHIEF X. SIGNATORY CITY ❑ ASSIGNED ❑ SIGNED COMMENTS: DEPT./DIV: C.,AC---S STAFF PERSON: -k C \)&- �F-�� EXT: l4 I j 3. DATE REQ. BY: OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) WORKS CONTRACT ❑ SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) ❑ RESOLUTION AMENDMENT (AG #):I (, -b 2-11 ❑ INTERLOCAL NAME: S# "-LA -t _ PG.-rkL- --- 6 v-___.(-)(... erel OF CONTRACTOR: 1---\P Rc5;),.„ ,, r - L LL_ ADDRESS: 'I TELEPHONE E -MAIL: FAX: SIGNATURE NAME: 4_4, Ur Sit -.d, N.,-.36...‘ 1 TITLE AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS COMMENCEMENT DATE: COMPLETIION DATE: q ----133`1,-11,-1 COMPENSATION $ 15 $1 `i .9 —I 't- 111 9 So - 1 1 (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY) (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY L bR CHARGE - ATTACH ShHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ TAX OWED ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, $ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY RETAINAGE AMOUNT: ❑ RETAINAGE BY (SEE CONTRACT) OR ❑ RETAINAGE BOND PROVIDED PLEASE CHARGE TO:L3u3 = bw. - i 31 ^ 5' -j -i (e - l -50 /CONTRACT REVIEW INITIAL / DATE REVIEWED INITIAL / DATE APPROVED MANAGER MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: SIGNATURE ROUTING TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR DATE SENT: DATE REC'D: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS INITIAL / DATE SIGNED DEPARTMENT OF STAFF (MAYOR OR DIRECTOR) 7 4 CLERK n AG# AG# IV -0211 A COPY RETURNED DATE SENT: 415 • /(p EXHIBIT B CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT 15 -018 1 PROJECT CHANGE ORDER NUMBER NUMBER Federal Way Town Square Park Phase S Partners 07/08/16 EFFECTIVE DATE Henderson PROJECT TITLE CONTRACTOR SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: Demolish and remove former concrete floor structure under grade. Install additional lights. Implement modifications to spray park equipment. The time provided for completion in the Contract is ® Unchanged ❑ Increased Decreased by Calendar Days. This Document shall become an Amendment to the Contract and all provisions of the Contract not amended herein will apply to this Change Order. Will this change affect expiration or extent of Insurance coverage? If "Yes" Will the Policies Be Extended? Yes ® No LJ Yes I I No PRICE CHANGE LUMP SUM: INCREASE $13,653 + tax DECREASE $ UNIT PRICE: THE ITEMS ARE APPROXIMATE OR ESTIMATED QUANTITIES INVOLVED IN THIS CHANGE ITEM NO. ITEM QUANTITY UNIT PRICE Demo old theater concrete floor Install additional lights at spray pad Spray park modifications TOTAL NET CONTRACT: ADD OR DELETE $3300.00 incl. tax $3450.00 incl. tax $8200.00 incl. tax INCREASE $ 14,950 DECREASE $ STATEMENT: Payment for the above work will be in accordance with applicable portions of the standard specifications, and with the understanding that all materials, workmanship and measurements shall be in accordance with the provisions of the standard specifications, the contract plans, and the spec - • r. i. ..,t ruing the types of construction. ,/ri1 CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE 7 T. DIREII MANAGER IGNATU I E DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS THIS CHANGE ORDER *ADJUSTMENTS NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT ADJUSTMENTS CHANGE ORDER ESTIMATE IS HEREBY PAY THIS ADJUSTED AMOUNT City of Federal Way [Town Square Park] RFB ver. 1 -15 *Adjustments: $219,817.97 $ 0.00 $ 14,950.00 $234,767.97 ❑ INCREASED $ ❑ DECREASED $ DEPT' MENT DI' Page 2 R'S SIGNATURE RFB #15 -011 [2015] RETURN TO: EXT: CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM f 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PRCS / z 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: EXT: l I I 3. DATE REQ. BY: ASAP 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) ❑ ORDINANCE ❑ RESOLUTION ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): ❑ INTERLOCAL ❑ OTHER �-^ �%.��/ 5. PROJECT NAME: ` C �-�'( - S rC 1 a r-- �� 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: e V L 1 ik� lS L L L� . J T p ADDRESS: ).. C:)Z trrv1 L. , 1 W ' Cam, 14,-6I J 111 33 a TELEPHONE:�5„7 - O�J' )'� 5 W �i _ E -MAIL: FAX: SIGNATURE NAME: l v ■ (^,4, 1) TITLE: �`` 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS' SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRcD LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE # 10211,3 3 ODD 0 BL, EXP. 12/31/ i 4 UBI # La triS 314 D214 , EXP. `( 136 / ) C 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: COMPLETION DATE: ' 14'1 -7 l °l t e L -TJ G ._ , 611.1`1 ,y t,tt I ltj 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $ ( b0� Lh. D3 1 I O1L ' I 1 (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SA TAX, IF AN I (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ IS SALES TAX OWED: }6 YES ❑ NO IF YES, $ 1 b1 O '1 n PAID BY: if CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY 1 ❑ PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE TO: ` i Cam- 13J 5' L._ - L —L D 10. DOCUMEN CONTRACT REVIEW INITIAL / DATE REVIEWED, / DATE APPROVED ROJECT MANAGER j 3 V2- g' l7 ❑ SUPERVISOR ❑ DIRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) l4j/ T 2 LAW DEPT � C/ I Z !►� Ci rte' � � 11 ` 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: 1 Z` I k.I COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: /� l(t 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING / % ..2 /S / % . SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR DATE SENT: '2-S DATE RECD: g/5 ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS 4 INITIAL / D E SI NED DEPT ,a' Or . I.LAW A SIGNATORY (MAYOR OR DIRECTOR) t �_ _ 40�/����ir7 CITY CLERK � �"7.:I71I tt,ASSIGNED AG # AG# I(P'd2,9 XSIGNED COPY RETURNED DATE SENT' 03 -0I -I (Q dRETURN ONE ORIGINAL � SI �/ )'71 ' »Ii COMMENTS: 1 �.�r> b4 .4lr .�dd1 ao Ad A - WfA 51,- lfixt A 11/9 DAVID A. CLARK ARCHITECTS, PLLC City of Federal Way Town Square Park Phase 5 - Spray Park REGISTERED ARCHITECT DAVID A CLARK All OF WASHINGTON 31600 Pete von Reichbauer Way (formerly 20th Ave S), Federal Way, WA -tttL _. LNLTLLLLG Lia_�rLL1.L1L LL L_L V ' -1 LI LL�Lt tL, L LtLal 1 LU- . �{_ -1 L _L�-i -1L LF- FIY'tttULL1LL� _L `: ft tktL_LI_t kt k± I_ t l t..._... LL.L- L{- il -Ll- L 4tLLt. L LLB ' L L L- L' 4. LL Ll -- LI. LL.LLI_Lt L LLL L.LLLLL tt L tI. ft sh .. • uty. WWI LLLLLLL ••1, ?fl.LL PROJECT MANUAL AT-1315-018 December 9, 2015 .4 US Green Building Council Member Firm with LEED .4 ccredited Professionals Licensed.4rchitects in Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas and Washington 0 U H v V U 00 00 Oo M V7 00 00 CT 00 C.\ rn M CITY OF FEDERAL WAY REQUEST FOR BID Federal Wav Town Square Park- Phase 5- Spray Park Install RFB # 15 -018 Project: Owner: Out for Bids: Pre -Bid Conference: Bids Due: Federal Way Town Square Park, Phase Five — Spray Park Install 31600 Pete von Reichbauer Way (formerly 20th Ave S) City of Federal Way Thursday, December 10, 2015 Wednesday, December 16, 2015 2 PM at the site Thursday, January 7, 2015 2 PM City Clerk Counter, 2nd floor, Federal Way City Hall 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, Washington 98003 Notice is hereby given that the City of Federal Way, Washington, will receive sealed bids through the date, time and address listed above. Proposals received after the date and time listed above will not be considered. An informational meeting for interested contractors will be held at the date and time listed above at the site, Town Square Park, 31600 Pete von Reichbauer Way (formerly 20th Ave S), Federal Way, WA to discuss the work to be performed. All prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to attend. All bids will be opened and read publicly aloud at the City Hall council chambers or adjacent conference room at the date and time listed above, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, Washington, for this RFB. All bid proposals shall be accompanied by a bid deposit by a cashier's or certified check, or Bid Bond in an amount equal to five percent (5 %) of the amount of such bid proposal. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into a contract and furnish satisfactory Performance Bond within the time stated in the specifications, the bid deposit or bond shall be forfeited to the City of Federal Way. This project consists of the installation of the spray park equipment, fixtures, features and piping, Concrete paving at the spray park and associated utilities, earthwork and other associated work to improve an existing park as indicated on the drawings and in this project manual. Architect's estimate is $188,000 plus tax. The Owner will provide the equipment, fixtures and features as spelled out in this project manual and on the drawings. The Contractor shall complete all work within 110 calendar days The bidder is urged to check the plans and contract provisions carefully. All bid proposals shall be in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders and all other contract documents now on file in the Parks Office of the City of Federal Way. Bid documents may be obtained from the Architect at 253- 351 -8877 or sbrown @clarkarchitects.com. Bid Documents are also available for review at major Plan Centers. No bidder may withdraw his /her bid for a period of sixty (60) days after the day of bid opening. For technical questions, please contact the Architect, David A. Clark Architects PLLC, 33017 134th Ave SE, Auburn, WA 98092, dclark @clarkarchitects.com tel 253 - 351 -8877 The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d -4 and Title 49 C.F.R., Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 2 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally- assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined at 49 CFR Part 26 will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or sex in consideration for an award. The City encourages minority and women -owned firms to submit bids consistent with the City's policy to insure that such firms are afforded the maximum practicable opportunity to compete for and obtain public contracts. The Contractor will be required to comply with all local, State, and Federal laws and regulations pertaining to equal employment opportunities. The City anticipates awarding this project to the successful bidder and intends to give Notice to Proceed as soon as the Contract and all required associated documents are executed in full. The City of Federal Way reserves the right to reject any and all bids, waive any informalities or minor irregularities in the bidding, and determine which bid or bidder meets the criteria set forth in the bid documents. No bidder may withdraw his or her bid after the hour set for the opening thereof unless the award is delayed for a period exceeding thirty (30) days. Dated the 8th day of December, 2015 Dates of Publication: City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Federal Way Mirror — December 11 & 18, 2015 Daily Journal of Commerce — December 10 & 16, 2015 Page 3 RFB # 15 -018 2015 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms, which must be executed in full as required and submitted as part of the bid. Failure to comply shall result in rejection of any bid not so complying. ❑ Bid Form (Attachment A) The Bid Form shall be completed and fully executed, including filling in the total bid amount. ❑ Bid Sianature Paae (Attachment B) The Bid Signature Page shall be filled in and fully executed by the bidder. ❑ Bid Bond Form (Attachment C) This form is to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless a certified check is submitted with the bid. The amount of this bond or certified check shall not be less than five percent (5 %) of the total bid amount and shall be shown in both words and figures. ❑ Subcontractor List (Attachment D) The Subcontractor List shall be filled in by the bidder. (This section may /may not apply) ❑ Combined Affidavit and Certification Form (Attachment E) This form must be subscribed to and sworn before a Notary Public and notarized. ❑ Contractor's Compliance Statement (Attachment F) The Contractor's Compliance Statement shall be filled in and fully executed by the bidder. ❑ Contractor's Certificate of Reaistration The bidder shall provide a copy of Contractor's current registration with the State of Washington. ❑ Contractor's State Identification Numbers The bidder shall provide a copy of Contractor's current state unified business identifier number and, as applicable, an employment security department number and state excise tax registration number. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 4 RFB # 15 -018 2015 SUCCESSFUL BIDDER'S CHECKLIST The following documents are to be executed and delivered to the City within ten (10) calendar days after the Bid is awarded: ❑ Public Works Contract (Attachment G) The successful bidder will fully execute and deliver to the City the Federal Way Town Square Park Public Works Contract ("Contract") from these Bid Documents. ❑ Contractor's Retainage Agreement or Retainage Bond (Exhibit C or D) The successful bidder will fully execute and deliver to the City the Contractor's Retainage Agreement or Retainage Bond. ❑ Notice to Labor Unions or Other Employment Organizations Nondiscrimination in Employment (Exhibit E) If this applies, the successful bidder will sign and post copies of this Notice in conspicuous places available to employees or applicant for employment. ❑ Certificate of Insurance (Exhibit F) The successful bidder will provide a Certificate of Insurance evidencing the insurance requirement set forth in the Contract. ❑ Performance /Payment Bond (Exhibit G) The successful bidder will provide a fully executed Performance /Payment Bond as appropriate. ❑ Business License The successful bidder will provide a copy of a current Business License with the City of Federal Way. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 5 RFB # 15 -018 2015 SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 -1 Time and Place for Submission and Opening of Bids Sealed bids must be submitted by on the date and time listed in the call for bids, to the Purchasing Office of the City of Federal Way (the "City"), located on the second floor of City Hall, or received by US Mail at City of Federal Way, Purchasing Office, 33325 Eighth Avenue S, Federal Way, Washington, 98003 -6325, and will be publicly opened and read aloud in City Hall Council Chambers on the date and time listed in the call for bids. The City's Purchasing Coordinator must receive the sealed bid before the time and date specified in order to be considered. Telex or facsimile bids will not be accepted. The bidder accepts all risks of late delivery of mailed bids or of misdelivery regardless of fault. Late bids will be returned unopened. 1 -2 Bid Form Bids shall be made on the "Bid Form" (Attachment "A ") issued by the City as part of these contract documents, without reservation or amendment. Bids must be typewritten or printed in ink. Upon completion, the Bid Form and the bid bond or certified check and any requested information shall be placed in a sealed envelope. On the outside of the envelope, place the bid name, bid number and the time bids are due. 1 -3 Bid Signature All bids shall give the total bid price and shall be signed in ink by the bidder or their authorized representative, with the address. If the bid is made by an individual, the name, signature, and address must be shown. If the bid is made by a firm or partnership, the name and address of the firm or partnership and the signature of at least one of the general partners must be shown. If the bid is made by a corporation, the bid shall show the title of the person authorized to sign on behalf of the corporation, his or her title and the address. The City reserves the right to request documentation showing the authority of the individual signing the bid to execute contracts on behalf of anyone, or any entity, other than himself /herself. Refusal to provide such information upon request may cause the bid to be rejected as nonresponsive. 1 -4 Bid Withdrawal Due to Error Bids may not be withdrawn due to a claim of error in a bid unless written notice of such claim and supporting evidence for such claim including cost breakdown sheets are delivered to the City within forty-eight (48) hours prior to the opening of bids. 1 -5 Modification of Bid A modification of a bid already received will be considered only if the modification is received prior to the time announced for bid opening. All modifications shall be made in writing, executed, and submitted in the same form and manner as the original bid. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 6 RFB # 15 -018 2015 1 -6 Examination of Bid and Contract Documents — Bidder Responsibilities The submission of a bid shall constitute an acknowledgment upon which the City may rely that the bidder has thoroughly examined and is familiar with the bid and contract documents and has reviewed and inspected all applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, ordinances and resolutions dealing with or related to the equipment and /or services to be provided herein. The failure or neglect of a bidder to examine such documents, statutes, regulations, ordinances or resolutions shall in no way relieve the bidder from any obligations with respect to the bidder's bid or the contract documents. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge of any contract documents, statutes, regulations, ordinances or resolutions. Bidders shall visit delivery and service locations(s) as required. Bidders shall become familiar with and verify any environmental factors, which may impact current or future prices for this requirement. 1 -7 Interpretation of Bid and Contract Documents No oral interpretations will be made to any bidder as to the meaning of the bid or contract documents and no oral communications will be binding upon the City. Requests for an interpretation shall be made by facsimile, or by mail, and delivered to the Purchasing Coordinator of the City at the address indicated in Section 1 -1, at least ten (10) days before the date announced for opening the bids. Any interpretation deemed necessary by the City will be in the form of an addendum to the bid documents and when issued will be sent as promptly as is practical to all parties to whom the bid documents have been issued. All such addenda shall become part of the bid. 1 -8 Addenda Each bid shall include acknowledgment of receipt and review of all addenda issued during the bidding period on the Bid Form. 1 -9 Bid Price The bid price shall include everything necessary for the completion of the contract including, but not limited to, furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, freight charges, facilities and all management, superintendence, labor and service, except as may be provided otherwise in the contract documents. All Washington State sales tax and all other government taxes, assessments and charges shall be included in the various Bid item prices as required by law. The offer shall remain in effect ninety (90) days after the bid opening. In the event of a discrepancy between a unit price and an extended amount and /or the total price, the unit price will govern and the extended amount and /or total price will be corrected accordingly; however, downward correction of a bid, which would displace the apparent low bidder, will only be permitted if the error made and the intended bid price can be determined solely from the bid documents. 1 -10 Postponement of Bid Opening The City reserves the right to postpone the date and time for the opening of bids by announcing such postponement at any time prior to the date and time announced in these documents. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 7 RFB # 15 -018 2015 1 -11 Rejection of Bids A. The City reserves the right to reject any bid for any reason including, but not limited to, the following: any bid which is incomplete, obscure, irregular or lacking necessary detail and specificity; any bid which omits a price on any one or more items on the Bid Form and Bid Schedule; any bid in which prices are unbalanced in the opinion of the City; any bid accompanied by insufficient or irregular bid bond; any bid from bidders who (in the sole judgment of the City) lack the qualifications and /or responsibility necessary to perform the work after considering the elements in Section 1 -14.6; any bid for which a bidder fails or neglects to complete and submit any qualifications information within the time specified by the City and as may be otherwise required herein; and, any bid submitted by a bidder who is not registered or licensed as may be required by the laws of the State of Washington. B. The city further reserves the right to reject any portion of any bid and /or to reject all bids. In consideration for the City's review and evaluation of its bid, the bidder waives and releases any claims against the City arising from any rejection of any or all bids. 1 -12 Alterations to Documents Prohibited Any addition, limitation or provision attached to the bid may render it informal or nonresponsive and cause its rejection. Alteration by erasure or interlineations must be explained or noted in the bid form over the signature of the bidder. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic bids or modifications will be considered. 1 -13 Disqualification of Bidder If, in the opinion of the City, there is reason to believe that collusion exists among bidders, none of the bids of the participants in such collusion will be considered. All bidders are required to submit the Affidavit of Non - Collusion (Attachment E) with their bids. 1 -14 Evaluation of Bids It is the intent of City to award a contract to the lowest responsive bid by a responsible bidder as evaluated by the City. The bidder may be required by the City to submit documentation demonstrating compliance with the criteria. A. Responsiveness — The bidder must complete all required forms and bid documents and provide all required and requested information. Refusal to provide such information may cause the bid to be rejected. The City will consider all the material submitted by the bidder to determine whether the bid is in compliance with the bid terms and documents and responsive to the requested work. B. Responsibility — The City will consider all the material submitted by the bidder, and other evidence it may obtain including information from previous project owners, to determine whether the bidder is responsible. The bidder must meet the following bidder responsibility criteria and supplemental bidder responsibility criteria to be considered a responsible bidder: 1. Mandatory Bidder Responsibility Criteria a. Have a current certificate of registration as a contractor in compliance with City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 8 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Chapter 18.27 RCW, which must have been in effect at the time of bid submittal; b. Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; c. If applicable: i. Have Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the bidder's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW; ii. Have a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW; iii. Have a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW; d. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). 2. Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria a. The bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against the retainage, payment, or performance bonds for public works projects during the previous three years, that demonstrate a lack of effective management by the bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the City. b. The bidder shall have a reasonable history of successfully completed projects of a similar size and scope as required by the contract documents for this project. The City will evaluate whether the projects were "successfully completed" and of a "similar size and scope." c. The bidder shall have evidence that it is able to begin and complete the work, and complete it in a timely fashion. 3. As evidence that the bidder meets the supplemental bidder responsibility criteria in paragraph (B)(2) above, the apparent low bidder must submit the following documentation to the City within 48 hours of the bid opening. The City reserves the right to request such documentation from other bidders also. Refusal to provide such information upon request may cause the bid to be rejected. a. The bidder shall submit a list of the public works projects completed within the previous three years and include for each project the following information; the owner and contact information for the owner; a list of claims filed against the retainage, payment, or performance bond for any of the projects listed; a written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim and the ultimate resolution of the claim. b. The bidder shall submit a list of projects of similar size and scope to this project and include information about each project, including the following: the owner and contact information for the owner; the awarded contract amount; the final contract amount; a description of the scope of the project and how the project is similar to this project; the bidder's assessment of its performance of each project. The information should include any information regarding performance in the following areas; quality control; safety record; timeliness of performance; use of skilled personnel; management of subcontractors; availability of and use of appropriate equipment; compliance with contract documents; management of submittals process, change orders, and close -out. c. The bidder shall furnish acceptable evidence of the bidder's current ability to City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 9 RFB # 15 -018 2015 perform, such as firm commitments by subcontractors, equipment, supplies and facilities, and the bidder's ability to obtain the necessary personnel. 4. If the City determines the bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria in paragraph (B)(2) above and is therefore not a responsible bidder, the City shall notify the bidder in writing with the reasons for its determination. If the bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within 24 hours of receipt of the City's determination by presenting additional information to the City and meeting the requirements of section 1- 20(B). The City will consider the additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the bidder is not responsible, the City will not execute a contract with any other bidder until two business days after the bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. C. Lowest Bid - The lowest bid shall be determined as set forth on the Bid Form. The acceptance of a bid will be evidenced by a Notice of Award. No other act of the City shall constitute acceptance of a bid. Within ten (10) days after receipt of Notice of Award, the bidder whose bid is accepted, shall furnish the required performance bond, certificate of insurance, execute the contract and perform all other acts required by the bid and contract documents as conditions precedent to formation of the contract. 1 -15 Procedures When Only One Bid is Received In the event only a single responsive bid is received, the City reserves the right to conduct a price and /or cost analysis of such bid. The sole bidder shall provide such information, data and other documentation as deemed necessary by the City for such analysis. The City reserves the right to reject such bid. 1 -16 Bid Documents Bidders are required to submit with the bid package the following: A. Attachment A- Bid Form. B. Attachment B- Bid Signature Page. D. Attachment C- Bid Bond Form. E. Attachment 0- Subcontractor List. (May. Not Apply) F. Attachment E- Combined Affidavit and Certification Form. G. Attachment F- Contractor's Compliance Statement. 1 -17 Conflicts of Interest and Noncompetitive Practices By submitting a bid, the Contractor agrees as follows: City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 10 RFB # 15 -018 2015 A. Conflict of Interest — That it has no direct or indirect pecuniary or proprietary interest, that it shall not acquire any interest which conflicts in any manner or degree with the work, services, equipment or materials required to be performed and /or provided under this contract and that it shall not employ any person or agent having any such interests. In the event that the Contractor or its agents, employees or representatives hereafter acquires such a conflict of interest, it shall immediately disclose such interest to the City and take action immediately to eliminate the conflict or to withdraw from this contract, as the City may require. B. Contingent Fees and Gratuities 1. That no person or selling agency except bona fide employees or designated agents or representatives of the Contractor have been employed or retained to solicit or secure this contract with an agreement or understanding that a commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee would be paid; and 2. That no gratuities in the form of entertainment, gifts or otherwise, were offered or given by the Contractor or any of its agents, employees or representatives, to any official, member or employee of the City or other governmental agency with a view toward securing this contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending, or the making of any determination with respect to the performance of this contract. 1 -18 Bid Security No bid will be considered unless accompanied by either a cashier's or certified check in an amount equal to five percent (5 %) of the Total Bid Price as indicated on Attachment A, "Bid Form ", or a bid bond in the form of Attachment C or a letter of credit for a like amount. The check or bond shall be payable to the City; it shall be forfeited as fixed and liquidated damages in case the bidder fails, neglects or refuses to enter into a contract for the faithful performance of said work (including the providing of any evidence of insurance and /or performance bond required herein), in the event the contract is awarded to them, within ten (10) days after the award is made. If a bid bond is submitted in lieu of a check, it shall be executed by a corporate surety authorized to transact business in the State of Washington and in the form prescribed in Attachment C, "Bid Bond." If a letter of credit is offered in lieu of a check or bidder's bond, it shall be issued as an irrevocable documentary letter of credit drawn on a banking institution licensed to do business in the State of Washington. The letter of credit shall include instruction and provisions prescribed in Attachment C, "Bid Bond." Any questions as to the qualification of the banking institution or instruction shall be submitted to the City at least ten (10) days prior to the bid submittal date. The check, bidder's bond or letter of credit shall be attached to the bid form. The City further reserves the right to hold all bids (and the accompanying bid security) from the date of the bid opening until the contract and any performance /payment bond are executed, provided that such period does not exceed ninety (90) days, and each bid shall remain effective during that period. 1 -19 Performance /Payment Bond The bidder to whom the City has awarded this Contract will remove the Performance /Payment Bond (Exhibit G) attached to the Public Works Contract and deliver it City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 11 RFB # 15 -018 2015 to the City fully executed by the bidder and a surety company in the amount of one hundred percent (100 %) of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of the work including the payment of all persons furnishing materials and performing labor on the work and all payments arising from the performance of the work due the State of Washington pursuant to Titles 50 and 51 RCW. Such bond must be executed by a duly licensed surety company, which is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and the surety's name shall appear in the current Authorized Insurance Company List in the State of Washington, published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner. The scope of the Performance /Payment Bond (Exhibit G) shall in no way affect or alter the liabilities of the Contractor to the City under Section 8 "Indemnification" of the Public Works Contract. The City may require the surety company to appear and qualify itself upon the bond. If, at any time, the City determines in its sole judgment that the surety company is insufficient, the City may require the Contractor to furnish additional surety in form and arrangement satisfactory to the City and in an amount not exceeding that originally required. The Contractor shall submit a performance bond complying with the requirements of this paragraph within ten (10) days after the award is made. Payments will not be made on the Contract until sufficient surety as required is furnished. 1 -20 Bid Dispute A. Any actual or prospective bidder, including sub - contractors and suppliers showing a substantial economic interest in this contract who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of this contract, may protest to the City in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. Protests based on the specifications or other terms in the contract documents, which are apparent prior to the date established for submittal of bids, shall be submitted not later than ten (10) calendar days prior to said date, or shall be deemed waived. All other protests shall be accepted only from actual bidders and shall be submitted within five (5) calendar days after the aggrieved person knows or should have known of the facts and circumstances upon which the protest is based; provided, however, that in no event shall a protest be considered if all bids are rejected or after the award of this contract. B. In order to be considered, a protest shall be in writing and shall include: (1) the name and address of the aggrieved person; (2) the RFB number and contract title under which the protest is submitted; (3) a detailed description of the specific grounds for protest and any supporting documentation; and (4) the specific ruling or relief requested. The written protest shall be addressed to: City of Federal Way Federal Way, Washington 98003 -6325 Attention: Bid Protest -- Federal Wav Town Square Phase 5 Sorav Park install RFB # 15 -018 C. Upon receipt of a written protest, the City will promptly consider the protest. The City may give notice of the protest and its basis to other persons, including bidders involved in or affected by the protest; such other persons may be given an opportunity to submit their views and relevant information. If the protest is not resolved by mutual agreement of the aggrieved person and the City, the City will promptly issue a decision in writing stating the reasons for the action taken and informing the aggrieved person of his or her right to appeal the decision to the Mayor or his or her designee. A copy of the decision City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 12 RFB # 15 -018 2015 shall be mailed (by certified mail, return receipt requested) or otherwise promptly furnished to the aggrieved person and any other interested parties who requested a copy of the decision. The decision will be considered final and conclusive unless appealed within five (5) calendar days after receipt of the decision to the Mayor or his or her designee. If the decision is appealed, then the subsequent determination of the Mayor or his or her designee shall issue within five (5) days of the Mayor's receipt of the appeal and shall be final and conclusive. D. Failure to comply with these protest procedures will render a protest untimely or inadequate and shall result in rejection thereof by the City. SECTION 2: GENERAL CONTRACTUAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 2 -1 Administration This contract will be between the City and the Contractor who will be responsible for delivering all equipment and performing all work and services described herein. The City is not party to defining the division of work between the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, if any, and the specifications have not been written with this intent. The Contractor represents that it has or will obtain all personnel and equipment required to perform the services hereunder. Such personnel shall not be employees of the City. The Contractor's performance under this contract will be monitored and reviewed by Steve Ikerd, Facilities Manager. Questions by the Contractor regarding interpretation of the terms, provisions and requirements of this contract shall be addressed to Steve Ikerd, Facilities Manager for response. 2 -2 Proof of Compliance with Contract In order that the City may determine whether the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the contract documents, the Contractor shall, at any time when requested, submit to the City properly authenticated documents or other satisfactory proofs as to the Contractor's compliance with such requirements. 2 -3 Contract Documents and Precedence The documents embodying the legally binding obligations between the City and the Contractor for completion of the work consist of the following: The City's Request for Bid, Bid Form, Bid Signature Page, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond, Town Square Park Contract, General Contractual Terms and Conditions, Contractor's Compliance Statement, Combined Affidavit and Certification Form, Technical Specifications, Addenda and Change Orders, and the Town Square Park Special Provisions. The contract documents are intended to be complementary so that what is required by any one of them shall be as binding as if called for by all of them. In the event of any conflicting provisions or requirements within the several parts of the contract documents, the City will issue an interpretation regarding the controlling provision, which interpretation shall be binding. 2 -4 Charges to Contractor City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4-15 Page 13 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Charges which are the obligation of the Contractor under the terms of the contract shall be paid by the Contractor to the City on demand and may be deducted by the City from any money due or to become due to the Contractor under the contract and may be recovered by the City from the Contractor or its surety. 2 -5 Change Orders The City may, at any time, without notice to the sureties, by written order designated or indicated to be a change order, make any change in the specifications within the scope of this contract. Oral orders will not be binding on the City unless confirmed in writing by the City. Except as provided herein, no order, statement, or conduct of the City will be treated as a change hereunder or will entitle the Contractor to an equitable adjustment. If any change hereunder causes an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, the performance or any part of the work under this contract, an equitable adjustment will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. However, no claim will be allowed for any costs incurred more than five (5) days before the Contractor gives written notice as required. All change orders are limited to 15% overhead /profit markup for both the contractor and the subcontractor, with no additional markup allowed for small tools, insurance, bonding, insurance and the like. If the Contractor intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment hereunder, it shall, within five (5) days after receipt of a written change order form from the City or after giving the City the written notice required above, as the case may be, submit to the City a written statement setting forth the general nature and monetary extent of such claim; provided the City, in its sole discretion, may extend such five (5) day submittal period upon request by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply such supporting documents and analysis for the claims as the City may require to determine if the claims and costs have merit. No claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment hereunder will be allowed if asserted after final payment under this contract. 2 -6 Work and Materials Omitted The Contractor shall, when directed in writing by the City, omit work, services and materials to be furnished under the contract and the value of the omitted work and materials will be deducted from the contract price and the delivery schedule will be reviewed if appropriate. The value of the omitted work, services and materials will be a lump sum or unit price, as mutually agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and the City. If the parties cannot agree on an appropriate deduction, the City reserves the right to issue a unilateral change order adjusting the price and the delivery schedule. 2 -7 Washington State Sales Tax The Contractor shall make payment directly to the State for all applicable Washington State sales taxes and all other governmental taxes, assessments and charges. 2 -8 Shipping Charges All prices shall include freight. Requests for additional compensation for freight charges will be rejected by the City. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -018 Town Square Park Page 14 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 2 -9 Warranty All materials and equipment sold and labor performed under this contract are warranted by the Contractor to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for a period of at least one (1) year from date of delivery and installation; provided, however, that this warranty may extend beyond this time period pursuant to any attached warranties. If the merchandise sold or work performed hereunder is defective on account of workmanship or materials, the Contractor agrees to replace the merchandise or, at the City's sole option, repair the defective merchandise. All defects in work or materials shall be promptly corrected. 2 -10 No Waiver of Warranties and Contract Rights Conducting of tests and inspections, review of specifications or plans, payment for goods or services, or acceptance by the City does not constitute a waiver, modification or exclusion of any express or implied warranty or any right under this contract or in law. 2 -11 Legal Relations The Contractor shall comply with all of the City's resolutions and regulations applicable under this contract and with any local, state or federal law or regulation applicable to the materials, equipment or service provided under this contract. Neither the Contractor nor the City shall assign any interest, obligation or benefit under or in this contract or transfer any interest in the same, whether by assignment or novation, without prior written consent of the other party. This contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors of the parties. 2 -12 Applicable Law and Forum Except as hereinafter specifically provided, this contract shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Washington including, but not limited to, the Uniform Commercial Code, Title 62A RCW. Any suit arising herefrom shall be brought in King County Superior Court, which shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction and venue. 2 -13 Hazardous Chemical Communication In order to comply with WAC 296 -62 -054, Hazard Communication, the Contractor shall submit with each shipment a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for all products containing any toxic products that may be harmful to the end user. The MSDS Sheet is to accompany the toxic product(s) to the specified delivery sites. Include the following information in the MSDS: A. Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) numbers for every chemical that is listed in the MSDS. B. If the product is actually used diluted, the dilution rate should be so stated in the MSDS and the hazards and corresponding personal protection, etc., also be listed. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 15 RFB # 15 -018 2015 C. A statement as to the intended use of the product. 2 -14 Delivery and Liquidated Damages Time is of the essence of the contract and each and all of its provisions in which performance is a factor. The Contractor will be held to strict compliance with the prescribed date(s) set forth in these contract documents. For each and every day that delivery is delayed beyond the specific date(s), damage will be sustained by the City. Because of the difficulty in computing the actual damages and disadvantages to the City, and as a reasonable forecast of actual damages which the City will suffer by the delay in delivery, the parties agree that for each such delay the Contractor will pay the City liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) in accordance with Section 1.3 of Attachment G, Public Works Contract, to compensate for any damages caused by such delay. The City may deduct from any payment owing to the Contractor, any liquidated damages, which may be incurred by the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph. 2 -15 Force Majeure The Contractor's or City's failure to perform any of its obligations under this contract shall be excused if due to causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor or City, respectively, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, acts of public enemy, acts of any government, fire, floods, epidemics, and strikes. 2 -16 Patents, Copyrights and Rights in Data Any patentable result or material suitable for copyright arising out of this contract shall be owned by and made available to the City for public use, unless the City shall, in a specific case where it is legally permissible, determine that it is in the public interest that it not be so owned or available. The Contractor agrees that the ownership of any plans, drawings, designs, specifications, computer programs, technical reports, operating manuals, calculations, notes and other work submitted or which is specified to be delivered under this contract, whether or not complete (referred to in this subsection as "Subject Data "), shall be vested in the City or such other local, state or federal agency, if any, as may be provided by separate contract with the City. All such Subject Data furnished by the Contractor pursuant to this contract, other than documents exclusively for internal use by the City, shall carry such notations on the front cover or a title page (or in such case of maps, in the same block) as may be requested by the City. The Contractor shall also place their endorsement on all Subject Data furnished by them. All such identification details shall be subject to approval by the City prior to printing. The Contractor shall ensure that substantially the foregoing paragraphs are included in each subcontract for the work on the project. 2 -17 Patents and Royalties The costs involved in license fees, royalties or in defending claims for any patented invention, article, process or method that may be used in or connected with the work under this contract or with the use of complete work by the City, shall be paid by the Contractor. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 16 RFB # 15 -018 2015 The Contractor and the Contractor's sureties shall, at their own cost, defend, indemnify and hold the City, together with its officers and employees, harmless against any and all demands made for such fees, royalties or claims brought or made by the holder of any invention or patent. Before final payment is made on the account of this contract, the Contractor shall, if requested by the City, furnish acceptable proof of a proper release of the City, its officers, agents and employees from all such fees or claims. Should the Contractor, its agent, servants or employees, or any of them be enjoined from furnishing or using any invention, article, material, computer programs or equipment supplied or required to be supplied or used under the contract, the Contractor shall promptly substitute other articles, materials, computer programs or equipment in lieu thereof of equal efficiency, quality, finish, suitability and market value, and satisfactory in all respects to the City. 2 -18 Disagreements, Disputes, Claims, and Appeals If any disagreements occur with anything required in a change order, another written order, or an oral order from the Project Engineer, including any direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination by the Project Engineer, the Contractor shall follow the procedures outlined in Standard Specification Sections 1 -04.5 and 1- 09.11, which are incorporated by this reference. By failing to follow the procedures of Sections 1 -04.5 and 1- 09.11, the Contractor completely waives any claims for protested Work. Any claims or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court for King County, Washington 2 -19 Recycled Products The Contractor shall use recycled paper for proposals and for any printed or photocopied material created pursuant to a contract with the City whenever practicable and use both sides of paper sheets for reports submitted to the City whenever practicable. In the event this RFB covers the sale of product to the City that is capable of containing recycled materials, Contractor is hereby advised that the City intends to procure products with recycled content, pursuant to the recycled content notice delivered with these bid documents. Contractor shall certify the percentage of recycled content and products sold to the City, including a percentage of post- consumer waste that is in the product. This certification is required to be in the form of a label on the product or a statement by the Contractor attached to the bid documents. The certification on multi- component or multi - material products shall verify the percentage and type of post- consumer waste and recycled content by volume contained in the major constituents of the product. The Contractor agrees to grant the City, as a procuring agency, permission to verify the certification of recycled content by review of the bidder's or manufacturer's records as a condition of any bid award, in the event of a bidder's protest, or other challenge to the bid accepted. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 17 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Attachment A BID FORM CITY OF FEDERAL WAY Federal Way Town Square Park, Phase Five - Spray Park Install RFB #15 -018 31600 Pete von Reichbauer Way (formerly 20th Ave S), Federal Way WA Bidder: / • >ieeeYsc•-) Date: /- T- ;I-oiG Lump Sum Bid: A. Installation of the spray park equipment, fixtures, features and piping, concrete paving at the spray park and associated piping and utilities, earthwork and other associated work to improve an existing park as indicated on the drawings and in this project manual $ r9g, 5'4'7. no B. Washington State Sales Tax 9.5% on $ "A 679 97 Total LUMP SUM Bid Amount (including Washington State Sales Taxes, Government taxes assessments and charges) $ 1/2, 7 Bid Alternate 1: A. Install sixteen (16) LED Owner furnished low voltage lights in concrete, adjacent to water feature numbers 1 -16, including conduit and wiring, connect Owner furnished transformer and controller, with power from the electrical panel B. Washington State Sales Tax 9.5% on $ Total Bid Alternate Amount (including Washington State Sales Taxes, Government taxes assessments and charges) $ de? To City Council Members City of Federal Way 33325 8th Ave South Federal Way, Washington 98003 -6325 Pursuant to and in compliance with your advertisement for bids for construction of and other documents relating thereto, the undersigned has carefully examined all of the bid and contract documents as the premises and conditions affecting the delivery, supply and maintenance of Federal Way Town Square Park, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials and perform all work as required in strict accordance with the contract documents, for the above - referenced amount, inclusive of Washington State sales tax and all other government taxes, assessments and charges as required by law. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 18 RFB # 15 -018 2015 The required bid security consisting of a certified check, bid bond, or cashier's check in an amount of not Tess than five percent (5 %) of the total amount bid is attached hereto, which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the City as liquidated damages in the event this bid is accepted by the City within forty-five (45) calendar days after the day of the bid opening and the undersigned fails to execute the Federal Way Town Square Park Public Works Contract and to provide the required certificate of insurance to the City, under the conditions thereof, within ten (10) calendar days after the Notice of Award; otherwise said Bid Security will be returned to the undersigned. �] S C� C / U /CZ Bond or Certified Check Arne- t/ae/ i€ , Dollars ($ ) The Bidder shall complete this entire Bid Form or this bid may be considered non - responsive. The City may correct obvious mathematical errors. The City of Federal Way reserves the right to reject any and all bids, waive any informalities or minor irregularities in the bidding, and determine which bid or bidder meets the criteria set forth in the bid documents. Receipt of the following Addendums is hereby acknowledged: Addendum No.=->" / / Addendum No. Addendum No. Date Issued: /2/ -3 ""--4- Date Issued: Date Issued: 4--/vo rc7z' /O r) //c nd Y;;c >? /qt s -z5Y�C Corporation /Part ip/indivicrual Firm Nam _) (De% e Two) t' /JEA/D 4:P4'?.2-1 7-77 G{ Bidder's State License No. Signature � c e - 3.si- -mac Bidder's State Tax No. Title City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 19 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Attachment B BID SIGNATURE PAGE Date: i_ 7- .Z.o/6 The undersigned bidder hereby proposes and agrees to deliver the equipment and /or services pursuant to the Federal Way Town Square Park and comply with all other terms and conditions of the contract and bid documents of RFB 15 -018. No bidder may withdraw his /her bid for a period of ninety (90) days after the day of bid opening. The required bid security consisting of a certified check, bid bond, or cashier's check in an amount of not less than five percent (5 %) of the total amount will be delivered to the City. The undersigned individual represents and warrants that he or she is dully authorized to execute the bid and all bid documents on behalf of any partnership, joint venture or corporation. 4r,(apvcZZ /4 'Y7 Corporation /Pahip /JndiGdual (De /et Two) City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 »-7 de v_,G n Comps -y /J1 / /°a. f 7e yS x By: (Signature) /V'ek \A/ / / (Printed Name) Its: itle) / /3ei. Chu ti-r,/7a' 4 /9 /-/et-be) ✓ w4 9g33A (Address) Page 20 (Telephone Number) RFB # 15 -018 2015 �' BID BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, Henderson Partners, LLC of Gig Harbor, WA (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and American Contractors Indemnity Company (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety are held and firmly bound unto City of Federal Way (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the penal sum of Five Percent of Total Bid Amount Dollars ($ 5% of Total Bid Amount ) for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted or is about to submit a proposal to the Obligee on a contract for Federal Way Town Square Park - Phase 5 - Spray Park Install RFB# 15 -018 NOW, THEREFORE, If the said Contract be timely awarded to the Principal and the Principal shall, within such time as may be specified, enter into the Contract in writing, and give bond, if bond is required, with surety acceptable to the Obligee for the faithful performance of the said Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. day of January . 2016 Henderson Partners, LLC (Seal) 6�. \L4 r Witness Witness Principal `9/.,c rn(je >✓ Title American Contractors Indemnity Company By, A i"(i-‘d/Viel74 Julie Craker Attorney -in -Fact S- 0053 /GEEF 10/99 POWER OF ATTORNEY AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That American.Contractors Indemnity Company, a California corporation, United States Surety Company, a Maryland corporation and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company, a Texas corporation (collectively, the "Companies "), do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Thomas P. Hentschell, Karen J. Smith, Karen Ingram, Bradley A. Roberts, Joanne Reinkensmeyer or Julie Craker of Tacoma, Washington its true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include riders, amendments, and consents of surety, providing the bond pence des not exceed * * * ** *Three Million * * * * ** Dollars ($ * *3,000,000.00 ** ). This Power of Attorney shall expire without further action on December 08, 2016. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Companies: Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice - President, any Assistant Vice - President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s) -in -Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings, including any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts, and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attomey -in -Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attomey or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 10th day of December, 2012. AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY Corporate Seals State of California County of Los Angeles SS: Daniel P. Aguilar, Vice President On 10th day of December, 2012, before me, Vanessa Wright, a notary public, personally appeared Daniel P. Aguilar, Vice President of American Contractors Indemnity Company, United States Surety Company and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature \AA4S (Seal) V. WRIGHT Concussion of 1998319 Notary Public - Cafltornis Les Angeles County Comet. Eras Dee 8, 2018 I, Jeannie Lee, Assistant Secretary of American Contractors Indemnity Company, United States Surety Company and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect; furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof, I have here to set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Los Angeles, California this day of Jel -1 LA a (Ll , O o Corporate Seals Bond No3 3()MD Agency No. 8306 L1► l,a u-k. Jeannie Lee, ssistant Secretary Attachment D SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Prepared in Compliance with RCW 39.30.060 Federal Way Town Square Park, Phase Five — Spray Park Install 31600 Pete von Reichbauer Way (formerly 20th Ave S), Federal Way, WA RFB # 15 -018 Failure to list subcontractors who are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW, or identify the bidder for the work will result in your bid being non - responsive and therefore void. Subcontractors that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW, must be named below, or name the bidder for the work. The bidder verifies that each first tier subcontractor, and every subcontractor of any tier that hires other subcontractors, has a current certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW; a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; has Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the subcontractor's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW, if applicable; has a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW, if applicable; has a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW, if applicable; has an electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW, if applicable; has an elevator contractor license, if required by Chapter 70.87 RCW. The following listed bid items (listed in numerical sequence) for this project have been proposed for subcontracting to subcontractors as indicated. SUBCONTRACTOR NAME ITEM NUMBERS ESTIMATED AMOUNT WMBE QUALIFIED? (Y /N) . 47 c Elect)-/c 'b, ccc cic /V City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 22 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Attachment E City of Federal Way COMBINED AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATION FORM Non - Collusion, Anti - Trust, Prevailing Wage (Non - Federal Aid), Debarment, Eligibility, and Certification of Lawful Employment NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being first duly sworn, deposes and says, that he /she is the identical person who submitted the foregoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself /herself or to any other person any advantage over other Bidder or Bidders; and NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS ON PROJECTS INVOLVING THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (USDOT) To report bid rigging activities call: 1- 800 - 424 -9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll -free hotline Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the hotline to report such activities. The hotline is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected; and CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI -TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice, overcharges resulting from anti- trust violations are, in fact, usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti -trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that each of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception; and PREVAILING WAGE AFFADAVIT I, the undersigned, having duly sworn, deposed say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, will pay each classification of laborer, workperson, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work, not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wage as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and forgoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein, is true to my knowledge and belief; and City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 23 RFB # 15 -018 2015 DEBARMENT AFFIDAVIT I certify that, except as noted below, the firm, association or corporation or any person in a controlling capacity associated therewith or any position involving the administration of federal funds; is not currently under suspension, debarment, voluntary exclusion, or determination of ineligibility by any federal agency; has not been suspended, debarred, voluntarily excluded or determined ineligible by any federal agency within the past three (3) years; does not have a proposed debarment pending; and has not been indicted, convicted, or had a civil judgment rendered against said person, firm, association or corporation by a court of competent jurisdiction in any matter involving fraud or official misconduct within the past three (3) years. AFFIDAVIT OF ELIGIBILITY The Contractor certifies that it is properly licensed and registered under the laws of the State of Washington and has not been determined to have been in violation of RCW 50.12.070(1)(b), RCW 51.16.070(1)(b), or RCW 82.32.070(2) within the last two years. The Contractor further certifies that it has not been determined, within the last one year, to have committed any combination of two of the following violations or infractions within a five -year period: (1) Violated RCW 51.48.020(1) or 51.48.103; or (2) Committed an infraction or violation under chapter 18.27 RCW. CERTIFICATION OF LAWFUL EMPLOYMENT The contractor hereby certifies that it has complied with all provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act, now or as herein after amended, 8 USC Section 1101 et. seq., and that all employees, including subcontractor employees, are lawfully permitted to perform work in the United States as provided in this agreement with the City of Federal Way. FOR: Non - Collusion Affidavit, Assignment of Anti -Trust Claims to Purchaser, Prevailing Wage Affidavit, Debarment Affidavit, Affidavit Of Eligibility, and Certification of Lawful Employment. Federal Way Town Square Park, Phase Five — Spray Park Install 31600 Pete von Reichbauer Way (formerly 20th Ave S), Federal Way, WA RFB # 15 -018 Name of Bidder'- Fir fr` )/ d 'eY50 /0,2 ' e)—.5 L.( (� / Signature of Authorized p epresentative of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to before me this 7 day of "- > ua y , 20 /6 • Ae V P_ 1---/y /i f n %7 (printed / typed name of notary) Notary Public in and for the State of Washington My commission expires: / /- "e- X a ib ,``1% 1VY11 l (( //1 I f°�� \� / /1,,* i Notary i r. w p p Public e p u' a S l` Q. "..,l1•.1r�_'\b. •moo y $.\Ne``e City of 1~ an ,�e Town Square f k " RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 24 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Attachment F CONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (President's Executive Order # 11246) Date: /- 7- 2.0/b This statement relates to a proposal contract with the City of Federal Way named Federal Way Town Square Park, Phase Five — Spray Park Install 31600 Pete von Reichbauer Way (formerly 20th Ave S), Federal Way, WA RFB # 15 -018 I am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor. I represent that: I ❑ have, [J have not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the President's Executive Order #11246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 By: ■4/ welt: )-60-/-2 Name of B. d Signature Its: '-/7- - U C y-- Title /r3a //u v.66 ; "v>4 94.9.3 Address Page 25 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Attachment G PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT FOR FEDERAL WAY TOWN SQUARE PARK, PHASE FIVE — SPRAY PARK INSTALL THIS PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ("Contract') is dated effective this day of January, 2016 and is made by and between the City of Federal Way, a Washington municipal corporation ("City or Owner "), and Henderson Partners LLC, a Washington Limited Liability Company ("Contractor'). A. The City desires to retain an independent contractor to furnish all labor and materials necessary to perform work described in article 1 below as necessary to improve an existing park located at 31600 Pete von Reichbauer Way (formerly 20th Ave S), Federal Way, Washington ("Property'); and B. The Contractor has the requisite skill and experience to perform such work. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties ("Parties') agree to the following terms and conditions: 1. SERVICES BY CONTRACTOR 1.1 Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work and furnish all tools, materials, supplies, equipment, labor and other items incidental thereto necessary for the construction and completion of the work, more particularly described as the Federal Way Town Square Spray park project Phase 5, consisting of installation of the spray park equipment, fixtures, features and piping, Concrete paving at the spray park and associated utilities, earthwork, bid alternate Number 1, which includes the installation of 16 LED lights, including conduit and wiring as indicated o the bid form, and other associated work to improve an existing park as indicated on the drawings and in this project manual. It is anticipated that construction will commence pending issuance of permits including without limitation as listed above ("Work'), in accordance with and as described in the Contract Documents, which include without limitation, this Contract, Request for Bids, Bidder's Checklist, Instructions to Bidders, General Contractual Terms and Conditions, Bid Form, Bid Signature Page, Bid Bond, Combined Affidavit and Certification Form, Contractor's Compliance Statement, Notice of Completion of Public Works Contract attached as Exhibit A, Contract Change Order Agreement attached as Exhibit B, Contractor's Retainage Agreement attached as Exhibit C, Retainage Bond to City of Federal Way attached as Exhibit D, Notice to Labor Unions or Other Employment Organizations Nondiscrimination in Employment attached as Exhibit E, Certificate(s) of Insurance Form attached hereto as Exhibit F, Performance / Payment Bond attached hereto as Exhibit G, Title VI Assurances attached hereto as Exhibit H, Technical Specifications as Appendix A, Project Drawings attached as Appendix B and current Prevailing Wage Rates attached as Appendix C, current WSDOT / APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, together with the APWA Supplemental (Division 1 -99) ("Standard Specifications ") and all other Appendices attached hereto and incorporated by this reference, (collectively the "Contract Documents "), which Work shall be completed to the City's satisfaction, within the time period prescribed by the City and pursuant to the direction of the Mayor or his or her designee. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 26 RFB # 15 -018 2015 1.2 Completion Date. 1.2.1 The Work shall be commenced within five (5) days'of receipt by the Contractor of the City's Notice to Proceed. The Work shall be completed within 110 calendar days. In the event the Work is not substantially completed within the time specified, Contractor agrees to pay to the City liquidated damages in the amount set forth in the formula included in Section 1.3 of this Contract. The Work shall not be deemed completed until the City has accepted the Work and delivered a written Notice of Completion of Public Works Contract in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "A." 1.2.2 Phased work, work by Others: This park is being completed in phases and with multiple contracts working at the same time. Contractor shall coordinate work with other contractors and the city to ensure proper coordination. Portions of this contract will be completed at separate times. There shall be no adjustment in cost for remobilization, schedule impacts or other items related to the phasing of this work. 1.3 Liquidated Damages. Time is of the essence of the Contract. Delays inconvenience the public and cost taxpayers undue sums of money, adding time needed for administration, inspection, and supervision. It is impractical for the City to calculate the actual cost of delays. Accordingly, the Contractor agrees to pay liquidated damages calculated on the following formula for its failure to complete this Contract on time: (1) To pay (according to the following formula) liquidated damages for each working day beyond the number of working days established for completion, and (2) To authorize the City to deduct these liquidated damages from any money due or coming due to the Contractor. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FORMULA LD = 0.15C T Where: LD = Liquidated damages per working day (rounded to the nearest dollar). C = Original Contract amount. T = Original time for completion. When the Work is completed to the extent that the City has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from an operational and safety standpoint, the City may determine the Work is complete. Liquidated damages will not be assessed for any days for which an extension of time is granted. No deduction or payment of liquidated damages will, in any degree, release the Contractor from further obligations and liabilities to complete this entire Contract. 1.4 Performance Standard. Contractor shall perform the Work in a manner consistent with accepted practices for other properly licensed contractors. 1.5 Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with all applicable federal, state and City laws, including but not limited to all City ordinances, resolutions, standards or policies, as now existing or hereafter adopted or amended, and obtain all necessary permits and pay all permit, inspection or other fees, at its sole cost and expense. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 27 RFB # 15 -018 2015 1.6 Change Orders. The City may, at any time, without notice to sureties, order changes within the scope of the Work. Contractor agrees to fully perform any such alterations or additions to the Work. All such change orders shall be in the form of the Contract Change Order Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "B," which shall be signed by both the Contractor and the City, shall specifically state the change of the Work, the completion date for such changed Work, and any increase or decrease in the compensation to be paid to Contractor as a result of such change in the Work. Oral change orders shall not be binding upon the City unless confirmed in writing by the City. If any change hereunder causes an increases or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, the performance or any part of the Work under this Contract, an equitable adjustment will be made and the Contract modified in writing accordingly. The Contractor shall be limited to a total markup of 15% overhead and profit on the direct costs of the work. Overhead shall include office expenses, bonding, insurance, small tools, trailer, superintendent and the like. No claim for loss of profit for time that could be spent on other projects shall be allowed. Subcontractors shall be subject to the same terms and conditions. If the Contractor intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment hereunder, it shall, within five (5) days after receipt of a written change order from the City or after giving the written notice required above, as the case may be, submit to the City a written statement setting forth the general nature and monetary extent of such claim; provided the City, in its sole discretion, may extend such five (5) day submittal period upon request by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply such supporting documents and analysis for the claims as the City may require to determine if the claims and costs have merit. No claim will be allowed for any costs incurred more than five (5) days before the Contractor gives written notice as required. No claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment hereunder will be allowed if asserted after final payment under this Contract. 1.7 Work and Materials Omitted. The Contractor shall, when directed in writing by the City, omit work, services and materials to be furnished under the Contract and the value of the omitted work and materials will be deducted from the Total Compensation and the delivery schedule will be reviewed if appropriate. The value of the omitted work, services and materials will be a lump sum or unit price, as mutually agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and the City. If the parties cannot agree on an appropriate deduction, the City reserves the right to issue a unilateral change order adjusting the price and the delivery schedule. 1.8 Utility Location. Contractor is responsible for locating any underground utilities affected by the Work and is deemed to be an excavator for purposes of Chapter 19.122 RCW, as amended. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with Chapter 19.122 RCW, including utilization of the "one call" locator system before commencing any excavation activities. 1.9 Air Environment. Contractor shall fully cover any and all Toads of loose construction materials including without limitation, sand, dirt, gravel, asphalt, excavated materials, construction debris, etc., to protect said materials from air exposure and to minimize emission of airborne particles to the ambient air environment within the City of Federal Way. 1.10 Weather. Contractor understands and acknowledges that this geographical region experiences an extensive rainy season. Contractor acknowledges that it is experienced with working on and accomplishing similar projects during this rainy season and has prepared its bid taking the impacts of the rainy season on the progress of the work into full consideration. Accordingly, the Owner will authorize additional costs or extensions of time to the Contract unless the job site experiences a (100) year (1 %) (or greater) storm event, in which case adjustments to the contract amount or time may be allowed, depending upon the particular facts and circumstances at that time. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -018 Town Square Park Page 28 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 2. TERM This Contract shall commence on the effective date of this Contract and continue until the substantial completion of the Work, which shall be no later than the time frame indicated in article 1.2, TIME, and the expiration of all warranties contained in the Contract Documents ("Term "). 3. WARRANTY 3.1 Requisite Skill. The Contractor warrants that it has the requisite skill to complete the Work, and is appropriately accredited and licensed by all applicable agencies and governmental entities, including but not limited to being registered to do business in the City of Federal Way by obtaining a City of Federal Way business registration. Contractor represents that it has visited the site and is familiar with all of the plans and specifications in connection with the completion of the Work. 3.2 Defective Work. The Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, correct all Work which the City deems to have defects in workmanship and material discovered within one (1) year after the City's final acceptance of the Work as more fully set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract; provided, however, that this warranty may extend beyond this time period pursuant to any warranties attached hereto and incorporated by this reference. This warranty shall survive termination of this Contract. Conducting of tests and inspections, review of specifications or plans, payment for goods or services, or acceptance by the City does not constitute waiver, modification or exclusion of any express or implied warranty or any right under this Contract or law. 4. COMPENSATION 4.1 Total Compensation. In consideration of the Contractor performing the Work, the City agrees to pay the Contractor an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Nineteen Thousand, Eight Hundred Seventeen and 97/100 Dollars ($219,817.97), which included Washington State Sales Taxes, which amount shall constitute full and complete payment by the City ("Total Compensation "). 4.2 Contractor Responsible for Taxes. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes imposed by any lawful jurisdiction as a result of the performance and payment of this Contract. 4.3 Nonpayment. The City shall have the right to withhold payment to the Contractor for any of the Work not completed in a satisfactory manner, in the City's sole discretion, which shall be withheld until such time as Contractor modifies or repairs the Work so that the Work is acceptable to the City. 4.4 Method of Payment. The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of work performed according to the contract and as specified for payment. Payments will be made for work and labor performed and materials furnished under the contract according to the price in the proposal unless otherwise provided. Partial payments will be made once each month, based on partial estimates prepared by the Engineer and signed by the Contractor. Failure to perform any obligation under this Contract may be adequate reason for the City to withhold payments until the obligation is performed. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 29 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Upon completion of all work and after final inspection, the amount due the Contractor under the contract will be paid based upon the final estimate made by the Engineer and signed by the Contractor. Payment to the Contractor for partial estimates, final estimates, and retained percentages shall be subject to controlling laws. 4.5 Retainage. Pursuant to Chapter 60.28 RCW, five percent (5 %) of the Total Compensation shall be retained by the City to assure payment of Contractor's state sales tax as well as payment of subcontractors, suppliers and laborers. Upon execution of this Contract, Contractor shall complete, execute and deliver to the City the Contractor Retainage Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "C" or execute the Retainage Bond attached hereto as Exhibit "D." No payments shall be made by the City from the retained percentage fund ("Fund ") nor shall the City release any retained percentage escrow account to any person, until the City has received from the Department of Revenue a certificate that all taxes, increases, and penalties due from the Contractor and all taxes due and to become due with respect to the Contract have been paid in full or that they are, in the Department's opinion, readily collectible without recourse to the State's lien on the retained percentage. Upon non - payment by the general contractor, any supplier or subcontractor may file a lien against the retainage funds, pursuant to Chapter 60.28 RCW. Subcontractors or suppliers are required to give notice of any lien within forty -five (45) days of the completion of the Work and in the manner provided in RCW 39.08.030. Within sixty (60) days after completion of all Work on this Contract, the City shall release and pay in full the money held in the Fund, unless the City becomes aware of outstanding claims made against this Fund. 5. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER In all Contractor services, programs or activities, and all Contractor hiring and employment made possible by or resulting from this Contract, there shall be no discrimination by Contractor or by Contractor's employees, agents, subcontractors or representatives against any person because of sex, age (except minimum age and retirement provisions), race, color, creed, national origin, marital status or the presence of any disability, including sensory, mental or physical handicaps, unless based upon a bona fide occupational qualification in relationship to hiring and employment, advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Contractor shall comply with, and shall not violate any of the terms of, Chapter 49.60 RCW, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans With Disabilities Act, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 49 CFR Part 26, or any other applicable federal, state, or local law or regulation regarding non - discrimination. Any material violation of this provision shall be grounds for termination of this Contract by the City and, in the case of the Contractor's breach, may result in ineligibility for further City agreements. If this project involves federal funds including USDOT funds administered by WSDOT, the contractor agrees to the clauses contained in Exhibit H. 6. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR /CONFLICT OF INTEREST 6.1 It is the intention and understanding of the Parties that the Contractor shall be an independent contractor and that the City shall be neither liable nor obligated to pay Contractor sick leave, vacation pay or any other benefit of employment, nor to pay any social security or other tax which may arise as an incident of employment. The Contractor shall pay all income and other taxes due. Industrial or any other insurance that is purchased for the benefit of the City, regardless of whether such may provide a secondary or incidental benefit to the Contractor, shall not be deemed to convert this Agreement to an employment contract. It is recognized that Contractor may or will be performing professional services during the Term for other parties; provided, however, that such City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 30 RFB # 15 -018 2015 performance of other services shall not conflict with or interfere with Contractor's ability to perform the Services. Contractor agrees to resolve any such conflicts of interest in favor of the City. 6.2 If the Contractor is a sole proprietorship or if this is a contract with an individual, the contractor agrees to notify the City and complete any required form if the Contractor retired under a State of Washington retirement system and agrees to indemnify any losses the City may sustain through the Contractor's failure to do so. 7. CITY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT 7.1 Termination Without Cause. Prior to the expiration of the Term, this Contract may be terminated without cause upon oral or written notice delivered to Contractor from the City. Upon termination, all supplies, materials, labor and /or equipment furnished prior to such date shall, at the City's option, become its property. In the event Contractor is not in breach of any of the provisions of this Contract, Contractor will be paid for any portion of the Work which has been completed to the City's satisfaction, calculated by the percentage amount that portion of the Work completed and accepted by the City bears to the Total Compensation. 7.2 Termination For Cause. The City may immediately terminate this Contract, take possession of the Property and all materials thereon and finish the Work by whatever methods it may deem expedient, upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: (1) If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt. (2) If the Contractor should make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors. (3) If a receiver should be appointed on the account of insolvency of Contractor. (4) If Contractor should persistently or repeatedly refuse or fail to supply a sufficient number of properly skilled workmen or proper materials for completion of the Work. (5) If the Contractor should fail to complete the Work within the time specified in this Contract. (6) If the Contractor should fail to complete the Work in compliance with the plans and specifications, to the City's satisfaction. (7) If the Contractor should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors or for material labor. (8) If Contractor should persistently disregard laws, ordinances or regulations of federal, state, or municipal agencies or subdivisions thereof. (9) If Contractor should persistently disregard instructions of the Mayor or his or her representative. (10) If Contractor shall be in breach or violation of any term or provision of this Contract, or City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 31 RFB # 15 -018 2015 (11) If the Work is not being performed pursuant to RCW 49.28.050 or 49.28.060. 7.3 Result of Termination. In the event that this Contract is terminated for cause by the City, the City may do any or all of the following: (1) Stop payments. The City shall cease any further payments to Contractor and Contractor shall be obligated to repay any payments it received under this contract. (2) Complete Work. The City may, but in no event is the City obligated to, complete the Work, which Work may be completed by the City's agents, employees or representatives or the City may retain independent persons or entities to complete the Work. Upon demand, Contractor agrees to pay to the City all of its costs and expenses in completing such Work. (3) Take Possession. The City may take possession of the Property and any, equipment and materials on the Property and may sale the same, the proceeds of which shall be paid to the City for its damages. (4) Remedies Not Exclusive. No remedy or election under this Contract shall be deemed an election by the City but shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available to the City at law, in equity or by statute. 8. INDEMNIFICATION 8.1 Contractor Indemnification. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City, its elected officials, officers, employees, agents, and volunteers harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, actions and liabilities (including costs and all attorney fees) to or by any and all persons or entities, including, without limitation, their respective agents, licensees, or representatives, arising from, resulting from, or connected with this Contract to the extent caused by the negligent acts, errors or omissions of the Contractor, its partners, shareholders, agents, employees, or by the Contractor's breach of this Contract. Contractor waives any immunity that may be granted to it under the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW. Contractor's indemnification shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount of damages, compensation or benefits payable to or by any third party under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or any other benefits acts or programs. 8.2 City Indemnification. The City agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Contractor, its officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, and agents harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, actions and liabilities (including costs and attorney fees) to or by any and all persons or entities, including without limitation, their respective agents, licenses, or representatives, arising from, resulting from or connected with this Contract to the extent solely caused by the negligent acts, errors, or omissions of the City, its employees or agents. 8.3 Survival. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract with respect to any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination. 9. INSURANCE 9.1 Minimum Limits. The Contractor agrees to carry as a minimum, the following insurance, in such forms and with such carriers who have a rating which is satisfactory to the City: City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 32 RFB # 15 -018 2015 (1) Workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance in amounts sufficient pursuant to the laws of the State of Washington; (2) Commercial general liability insurance with combined single limits of liability not Tess than $2,000,000 for bodily injury, including personal injury or death, products liability and property damage. (3) Automobile liability insurance with combined single limits of liability not Tess than $2,000,000 for bodily injury, including personal injury or death and property damage. (4) If any structures are involved in the Contract, the Contractor shall maintain an All Builder's Risk form at all times in an amount no less than the value of the structure until final acceptance of the project by the City. 9.2 Endorsements. Each insurance policy shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: (1) The City, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents shall each be named as additional insured. (2) Coverage may not be terminated or reduced in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the City. (3) Coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self- insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of Contractor's insurance. (4) Coverage shall apply to each insured separately against whom claim is made or suit is brought. (5) Coverage shall be written on an "occurrence" form as opposed to a "claims made" or "claims paid" form. 9.3 Verification. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance evidencing the coverage required by the Section, in compliance with the Certificate(s) of Insurance Form attached hereto as Exhibit "F," which certificate must be executed by a person authorized by the insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The City reserves the right to require complete certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. 9.4 Subcontractors. Contractors shall include all subcontractors as additional insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates for each subcontractor. All coverage for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. 9.5 Deductibles and Self- Insured Retentions. Any deductibles or self- insured retentions must be disclosed by Contractor and approved in writing by the City. At the option of the City, Contractor shall either reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self- insured retentions or procure a bond guaranteeing payment for any amounts not covered by the insurance by reason of such deductibles or self- insured retentions. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 33 RFB # 15 -018 2015 9.6 Asbestos Abatement or Hazardous Materials. If asbestos abatement or hazardous materials work is performed, Contractor shall review coverage with the City's Risk Manager and provide scope and limits of coverage that are appropriate for the scope of Work and are satisfactory to the City. Contractor shall not commence any Work until its coverage has been approved by the Risk Manager. 9.7 Termination. The Contractor's failure to provide the insurance coverage required by this Section shall be deemed to constitute non - acceptance of this Contract by the Contractor and the City may then award this Contract to the next lower bidder. 10. PERFORMANCE /PAYMENT BOND Pursuant to RCW 39.08.010, Contractor shall post a Performance /Payment Bond in favor of the City, in the form attached to this Contract as Exhibit "G" and incorporated by this reference, in a dollar amount satisfactory to the City; to guarantee Contractor's performance of the Work to the City's satisfaction; to insure Contractor's performance of all of the provisions of this Contract; and to guarantee Contractor's payment of all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material persons. Contractor's obligations under this Contract shall not be limited to the dollar amount of the bond. 11. SAFETY Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work site and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal safety and health laws and codes, including without limitation, all OSHA /WISHA requirements, Safety and Health Standards for Construction Work (Chapter 296 -155 WAC), General Safety and Health Standards (Chapter 296 -24 WAC), and General Occupational Health Standards (Chapter 296 -62 WAC). Contractor shall erect and properly maintain, at all times, all necessary guards, barricades, signals and other safeguards at all unsafe places at or near the Work for the protection of its employees and the public, safe passageways at all road crossings, crosswalks, street intersections, post danger signs warning against any known or unusual hazards and do all other things necessary to prevent accident or loss of any kind. Contractor shall protect from danger all water, sewer, gas, steam or other pipes or conduits, and all hydrants and all other property that is likely to become displaced or damaged by the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall, at its own expense, secure and maintain a safe storage place for its materials and equipment and is solely responsible for the same. 12. PREVAILING WAGES 12.1 Wages of Employees. This contract is subject to the minimum wage requirements of Chapter 39.12 RCW and Chapter 49.28 RCW (as amended or supplemented). On Federal -aid projects, Federal wage laws and rules also apply. The Hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits are listed in Appendix C. The Contractor, any subcontractor, and all individuals or firms required by Chapter 39.12 RCW, Chapter 296 -127 WAC, or the Federal Davis -Bacon and Related Acts (DBRA) to pay minimum prevailing wages, shall not pay any worker less than the minimum hourly wage rates and fringe benefits required by Chapter 39.12 RCW or the DBRA. Higher wages and benefits may be paid. When the project is subject to both State and Federal hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits and when the two rates differ for similar kinds of labor, the Contractor shall not pay less than the higher rate unless the state rates are specifically preempted by Federal law. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 34 RFB # 15 -018 2015 The Contractor shall ensure that any firm (Supplier, Manufacturer, or Fabricator) that falls under the provisions of Chapter 39.12 RCW because of the definition "Contractor" in Chapter 296- 127 -010 WAC, complies with all the requirements of Chapter 39.12 RCW. 12.2 Exemptions to Prevailing Wage. The prevailing wage requirements of Chapter 39.12 RCW, and as required in this Contract do not apply to: (1) Sole owners and their spouses; (2) Any partner who owns at least 30% of a partnership; (3) The President, Vice President and Treasurer of a corporation if each one owns at least 30% of the corporation. 12.3 Reporting Requirements. On forms provided by the Industrial Statistician of State L&I, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the following for itself and for each firm covered under Chapter 39.12 RCW that provided work and materials of the contract: (1) A copy of an approved "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" State L&I form number F700- 029 -000. The City will make no payment under this contract for the work performed until this statement has been approved by State L&I and a certified copy of the approved form has been submitted to the City. (2) A copy of an approved "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid," State L&I form number F700- 007 -000. The City will not release to the contractor any funds retained under Chapter 60.28.011 RCW until all of the "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid" forms have been approved by State L&I and a certified copy of all the approved forms have been submitted to the City. The Contractor shall be responsible for requesting these forms from the State L&I and for paying any approval fees required by State L&I. Certified payrolls are required to be submitted by the Contractor to the City, for the Contractor and all subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors. 12.4 Disputes. In the event any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be resolved by the City and the Contractor, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State of Washington and the decision therein shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute. 13. FAILURE TO PAY SUBCONTRACTORS In the event the Contractor shall fail to pay any subcontractors or laborers, fail to pay for any materials, or fail to pay any insurance premiums, the City may terminate this Contract and /or the City may withhold from the money which may be due the Contractor an amount necessary for the payment of such subcontractors, laborers, materials or premiums. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 35 RFB # 15 -018 2015 14. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS All originals and copies of work product, including plans, sketches, layouts, designs, design specifications, records, files, computer disks, magnetic media, all finished or unfinished documents or material which may be produced or modified by Contractor while performing the Work shall become the property of the City and shall be delivered to the City at its request. 15. CONFIDENTIALITY Any records, reports, information, data or other documents or materials given to or prepared or assembled by the Contractor under this Contract will be kept as confidential and shall not be made available to any individual or organization by the Contractor without prior written approval of the City. 16. BOOKS AND RECORDS The Contractor agrees to maintain books, records, and documents which sufficiently and properly reflect all direct and indirect costs related to the performance of this Contract and such accounting procedures and practices as may be deemed necessary by the City to assure proper accounting of all funds paid pursuant to this Contract. These records shall be subject at all reasonable times to inspection, review or audit by the City, its authorized representative, the State Auditor, or other governmental officials authorized by law to monitor this Contract. 17. CLEAN UP At any time ordered by the City and immediately after completion of the Work, the Contractor shall, at its own expense, clean up and remove all refuse and unused materials of any kind resulting from the Work. In the event the Contractor fails to perform the necessary clean up, the City may, but in no event is it obligated to, perform the necessary clean up and the costs thereof shall be immediately paid by the Contractor to the City and /or the City may deduct its costs from any remaining payments due to the Contractor. 18. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: 18.1 Contractor Verification. The Contractor verifies that it has a certificate of registration with the State of Washington; has a current state unified business identifier number; is not disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3); has industrial insurance as required by Title 51 RCW, if applicable; has an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW, if applicable; has a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW, if applicable; possesses a valid electrical contractor license as required by chapter 19.28 RCW, if applicable; and possesses an elevator contractor license as required by chapter 70.87 RCW, if applicable. 18.2 Subcontractor Contracts. The Contractor shall include the language of this section in each of its first tier subcontracts, and shall require each of its subcontractors to include the same language of this section in each of their subcontracts, adjusting only as necessary the terms used for the contracting parties. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall promptly provide documentation to the Owner demonstrating that the subcontractor meets the subcontractor responsibility criteria below. The requirements of this section apply to all subcontractors regardless of tier. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RF8 ver. 4 -15 Page 36 RFB # 15 -018 2015 18.3 Subcontractor Verification. At the time of subcontract execution, the Contractor shall verify that each of its first tier subcontractors meets the following bidder responsibility criteria: Have a current certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW, which must have been in effect at the time of subcontract bid submittal; Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3); Have Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the subcontractor's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW, if applicable; A Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW, if applicable; A Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW, if applicable; An electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW, if applicable; An elevator contractor license, if required by Chapter 70.87 RCW. 19. GENERAL PROVISIONS 19.1 Entire Contract. The Contract Documents contain all of the agreements of the Parties with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Contract and no prior agreements or understandings pertaining to any such matters shall be effective for any purpose. 19.2 Modification. No provisions of this Contract, including this provision, may be amended or added to except by agreement in writing signed by the Parties or their respective successors in interest. 19.3 Full Force and Effect. Any provision of this Contract, which is declared invalid, void or illegal, shall in no way affect, impair, or invalidate any other provision hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect. 19.4 Assignment. The Contractor shall not transfer or assign, in whole or in part, any or all of its obligations and rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the City. In the event the City consents to any such assignment or transfer, such consent shall in no way release the Contractor from any of its obligations or liabilities under this Contract. 19.5 Successors In Interest. Subject to the preceding Subsection, this Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties' successors in interest, heirs and assigns. 19.6 Attorney Fees. In the event the City or the Contractor defaults on the performance of any terms in this Contract, and the Contractor or City places the enforcement of the Contract or any part thereof, or the collection of any monies due, or to become due hereunder, or recovery of possession of any belongings, in the hands of an attorney, or file suit upon the same, each Party shall pay all its own attorneys' fees, costs and expenses. The venue for any dispute related to this Contract shall be King County, Washington. 19.7 No Waiver. Failure of the City to declare any breach or default immediately upon occurrence thereof, or delay in taking any action in connection with, shall not waive such breach or default. Failure of the City to declare one breach or default does not act as a waiver of the City's right to declare another breach or default. 19.8 Governing Law. This Contract shall be made in and shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 37 RFB # 15 -018 2015 19.9 Authority. Each individual executing this Contract on behalf of the City and Contractor represents and warrants that such individuals are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Contract on behalf of the Contractor or City. 19.10 Notices. Any notices required to be given by the City to Contractor or by the Contractor to the City shall be delivered to the Parties at the addresses set forth below. Any notices may be delivered personally to the addressee of the notice or may be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the address set forth herein. Any notice so posted in the United States mail shall be deemed received three (3) days after the date of mailing. 19.11 Captions. The respective captions of the Sections of this Contract are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to modify or otherwise affect in any respect any of the provisions of this Contract. 19.12 Performance. Time is of the essence of this Contract and each and all of its provisions in which performance is a factor. Adherence to completion dates is essential to the Contractor's performance of this Contract. 19.13 Compliance with Ethics Code. If a violation of the City's Ethics Resolution No. 91 -54, as amended, occurs as a result of the formation and /or performance of this Contract, this Contract may be rendered null and void, at the City's option. 19.14 Conflicting Provisions. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of any of the Contract Documents, the Mayor or his or her designee shall issue an interpretation of the controlling document, which interpretation shall be final and binding. DATED the day and year set forth above. ATTEST: �. ALLA Ci 7 Jerk, Stephanie Cou ne CMC CITY OF FEDERAL WAY By: APPROVED AS TO FORM: City Attorney, Amy Jo Pearsall City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 m Ferrell, Mayor 33325 8th Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 -6325 Page 38 RFB # 15 -018 2015 By: STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ) ss. COUNTY OF P, r ve e- ) HENDERSON PARTNERS, LLC (Sign re) d/ f ;ca.zlhaY-i \N'i // (Name) /43e .23 8 u Y r1 ham .O v /V vv- /7/4 r�ic -r� VA/4 9S33 (Address) a - V9 (Phone) On this day personally appeared before me C" ``"th u '' �✓a / / , to me known to be the -' be Y' of /1 idc+SO>7 /Jet > 4 )7e - .C.�c� that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said limited liability company, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he /she was authorized to execute said instrument. GIVEN my hand and official seal this /a day of r -b'-"a y , 20/4 K l ` tt li 111dd /4F 70 ; isslon F, `���� o m • = ; Notary " Public 0O 4i' °•••�1 �io�Ado i lwas ro e`a City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 X . ✓eY /1., A. G/ /, (typed /printed name of notary) Notary Public in and for the State of Washington. My commission expires / / -f0-- Ae/6 Page 39 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Notice is hereby given relative to the comvlet'on of contract or project described below Project Name Contract Number Job Order Contracting ❑ Yes ❑ No Description of Work Done/Include Jobsite Address(es) Federally funded transportation project? ❑ Yes ❑ No (if yes, provide Contract Bond Statement below) Contractor's Name E -mail Address Affidavit ID* Contractor Address Te ephone # If Retainage is not withheld, please select one of the following and List Surety's Name & Bond Number. ❑ Retainage Bond ❑ Contract/Payment bond (valid for federally funded transportation projects) Name: Bond Number: Date Contract Awarded Date Work Commenced Date Work Completed Date Work Accepted Were Subcontracters used on this project? If so, please complete Addendum A. ❑Yes ❑ No Affidavit ID* - No L &I release will be granted until all affidavits are listed. Date: ❑ Original ❑ Revised # NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT Contractor's UBI Number: Name & Mailing Address of Public Agency UBI Number: Department Use Only Assigned to: Date Assigned: Contract Amount Additions (+ ) Reductions (- ) Sub -Total Sales Tax Rate (If various rates apply, please send a breakdown) Sales Tax Amount $ 0.00 $ TOTAL $ 0.00 Liquidated Damages $ Amount Disbursed $ Amount Retained $ TOTAL $ 0.00 NOTE: These two totals must be equal Comments: Note: The Disbursing Officer must submit this completed notice immediately after acceptance of the work done under this contract. NO PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE FROM RETAINED FUNDS until receipt of all release certificates. Submitting Form: Please submit the completed form by email to all three agencies below. Contact Name: Email Address: Department of Revenue Public Works Section (360) 704-5650 PWC©dor.wa.gov 0 Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Contract Release (855) 545 -8163, option # 4 ContractRelease@LNI. WA. GOV REV 31 0020e (10/26/15) F215- 038 -000 10 -2014 Title: Phone Number: Employment Security Department Registration, Inquiry, Standards & Coordination Unit (360) 902-9450 publicworks@esd.wa.gov Addendum A: Please List all Subcontractors and Sub -tiers Below This addendum can be submitted in other formats. Provide known affidavits at this time. No L &I release will be granted until all affidavits are listed. Subcontractor's Name: UBI Number: (Required) Affidavit ID* For tax assistance or to request this document in an alternate format, please call 1- 800 - 647 -7706. Teletype (TTY) users may use the Washington Relay Service by calling 711. REV 31 0020e Addendum (10 /26/15) F215- 038 -000 10 -2014 EXHIBIT B CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT PROJECT CHANGE ORDER NUMBER NUMBER EFFECTIVE DATE PROJECT TITLE CONTRACTOR SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: The time provided for completion in the Contract is ❑ Unchanged ❑ Increased ❑ Decreased by Calendar Days. This Document shall become an Amendment to the Contract and all provisions of the Contract not amended herein will apply to this Change Order. Will this change affect expiration or extent of Insurance coverage? If "Yes" Will the Policies Be Extended? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No PRICE CHANGE LUMP SUM: INCREASE $ DECREASE $ UNIT PRICE: THE ITEMS ARE APPROXIMATE OR ESTIMATED QUANTITIES INVOLVED IN THIS CHANGE ITEM NO. ITEM QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ADD OR DELETE TOTAL NET CONTRACT: INCREASE $ DECREASE $ STATEMENT: Payment for the above work will be in accordance with applicable portions of the standard specifications, and with the understanding that all materials, workmanship and measurements shall be in accordance with the provisions of the standard specifications, the contract plans, and the special provisions governing the types of construction. CONTRACTOR'S DEPT. DIRECTOR /MANAGER DATE SIGNATURE SIGNATURE City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 40 RFB # 15 -018 2015 DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: *Adjustments: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT $ PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS $ THIS CHANGE ORDER $ *ADJUSTMENTS $ NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT $ ADJUSTMENTS CHANGE ORDER ESTIMATE IS HEREBY PAY THIS ADJUSTED AMOUNT City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 INCREASED $ ! DECREASED $ DEPARTMENT DIRECTOR'S SIGNATURE Page 41 RFB # 15 -018 2015 City of Federal Way 33325 8th Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 -6325 253 - 835 -7000 EXHIBIT C CONTRACTOR'S RETAINAGE AGREEMENT Bid /Contract Number IDENTIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION Project Title:. Town Square Park Phase 5 Svrav park Install Contractor hik..-.;d t- � », �,c r �Y , . -, Representative Bid No. 15 -018 Date Administering Department Parks City Representative Steve Ikerd Funding Source Project Authority t.. k C .s: .11 im RETAINAGE FORMULA In accordance with applicable State Statutes, the following provisions will be made for the disposition of the retainage held for investment: 1. All investments selected below are subject to City approval. 2. Retainage under this agreement will be held in escrow by the (referred to herein as the Bank), the terms of which are specified by separate escrow agreement. The cost of the investment program and the risk thereof is to be borne entirely by the contractor. 3. The final disposition of the contract retainage will be made in accordance with applicable statutes. CONTRACTOR'S INSTRUCTIONS Pursuant to RCW 60.28.010 I hereby notify the City of Federal Way of my instructions to invest /not to invest the retainage withheld under the terms of this contract. If the investment option is selected, please provide the following information: Name of Bank, Mutual Fund, or Savings & Loan Association: Address: Account #: Contact Person: Contractor: Date: By: Title: Address: Phone: Fed ID #: Est. Completion Date: CITY APPROVAL Approval of Investment Program and Retainage Agreement Finance Director Date CERTIFICATION FOR RELEASE OF CONTRACT RETAINAGE Contract No. Project Title: I hereby certify, as Contract Administrator for this Contract representing the City of Federal Way, that all work required by the above cited contract was completed on and final acceptance by the City was granted on I also certify that no liens have been received within 30 days from the above date from any person, persons, mechanics, subcontractors or materialman who has performed any work or provided any material of subject contract. Contract Administrator Director of Administering Department Also, please find attached certifications by the applicable state agencies of the receipt of: 1) Washington State Business Taxes (Washington State Dept. of Revenue); 2) Industrial Insurance Premiums (State Dept. of Labor & Industries); and 3) Employment Security, Unemployment Insurance Premiums (State of Washington Employment Security Dept.) City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -018 Town Square Park Page 42 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 EXHIBIT D RETAINAGE BOND TO CITY OF FEDERAL WAY FEDERAL WAY TOWN SQUARE PARK, PHASE FIVE — SPRAY PARK INSTALL KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that we, the undersigned, as principal ("Principal "), and a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of , as a surety Corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of Contractors with Municipal Corporations, as surety ( "Surety), are jointly and severally held and firmly bonded to the City of Federal Way ( "City) in the penal sum of: ($ ) for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. A. This obligation is entered into in pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington and the ordinances, regulations, standards and policies of the City, as now existing or hereafter amended or adopted. B. Pursuant to proper authorization, the Mayor is authorized to enter into a certain contract with the Principal, providing for the Project, which contract is incorporated herein by this reference ( "Contract "), and C. Pursuant to State law, Chapter 60.28 RCW, the City is required to reserve from the monies earned by the Principal pursuant to the contract, a sum not to exceed five percent (5 %), said sum to be retained by the City as a trust fund for the protection and payment of any person or persons, mechanic, subcontractor or materialmen who shall perform any labor upon such contract or the doing of such work, and all persons who shall supply such person or persons or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work, and the State with the respect to taxes imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW which may be due from said Principal. Every person performing labor or furnishing supplies towards completion of said improvement or work shall have a lien on said monies so reserved, provided that such notice of the lien of such claimant shall be given in the manner and within the time provided in RCW 39.08.030 as now existing and in accordance with any amendments that may hereafter be provided thereto; and D. State law further provides that with the consent of the City, the Principal may submit a bond for all or any portion of the amount of funds retained by the public body in a form acceptable to the public body conditioned upon such bond any proceeds therefrom being made subject to all claims and liens and in the same manner and priority as set forth retained percentages pursuant to Chapter 60.28 RCW; and E. The Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the Contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth, for the amount of $ ; and F. The City is prepared to release any required retainage money previously paid by the Principal prior to acceptance and successful operation and fulfillment of all other terms of said contract upon being indemnified by these presents, NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall perform all the provisions of the Contract in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the City, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under the Contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men or women, and all persons who shall supply the Principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and if the Principal shall pay to the State all taxes imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW which may be due from such Principal as a result of this contract then and in the event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. And the Surety, for value received, hereby further stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work. The Surety hereby agrees that modifications and changes may be made in the terms and provisions of the Contract without notice to Surety, and any such modifications or changes increasing the total amount to be paid the Principal shall automatically increase the obligation of the Surety on this Retainage Bond in a like amount, such increase, however, not to exceed twenty-five percent (25 %) of the original amount of this bond without consent of the Surety. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 43 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Within forty-five (45) days of receiving notice that the Principal has defaulted on all or part of the terms of the Contract, the Surety shall make written commitment to the City that it will either: (a) cure the default itself within a reasonable time period, or (b) tender to the City, the amount necessary for the City to remedy the default, including legal fees incurred by the City, or (c) in the event that Surety's evaluation of the dispute is not complete or in the event the Surety disputes the City's claim of default, the Surety shall notify the City of its finding and its intent, if any, to interplead. The Surety shall then fulfill its obligations under this bond, according to the option it has elected. Should Surety elect option (a) to cure the default, the penal sum of the Bond shall be reduced in an amount equal to the costs actually incurred by the Surety in curing the default. If the Surety elects option (b), then upon completion of the necessary work, the City shall notify the Surety of its actual costs. The City shall return, without interest, any overpayment made by the Surety and the Surety shall pay to the City any actual costs which exceed the City estimate, limited to the bond amount. Should the Surety elect option (c), the Parties shall first complete participation in mediation, described in the below paragraph, prior to any interplead action. In the event a dispute should arise between the Parties to this Bond with respect to the City's declaration of default by the Principal, the Parties agree to participate in at least four hours of mediation in accordance with the mediation procedures of United States Arbitration and Mediation ( "USA &M'). The Parties shall proportionately share in the cost of the mediation. The mediation shall be administered by the Seattle USA &M office, 4300 Two Union Square, 601 Union Street, Seattle, Washington 98101 -2327. The Surety shall not interplead prior to completion of the mediation. The parties have executed this instrument under their separate seals this day of 20 , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party hereto affixed, and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representatives pursuant to authority of its governing body. CORPORATE SEAL: CORPORATE SEAL: City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 44 PRINCIPAL By: Title: Address: SURETY By: Attorney -in -Fact (Attach Power of Attorney) Title: Address: RFB # 15 -018 2015 CERTIFICATES AS TO CORPORATE SEAL I hereby certify that I am the (Assistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within bond; that , who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal, was of said Corporation; that I know his or her signature thereto is genuine, and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. Secretary of Assistant Secretary I hereby certify that I am the (Assistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as Surety in the within bond; that , who signed the said bond on behalf of the Surety, was of the said Corporation; that I know his or her signature thereto is genuine, and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. APPROVED AS TO FORM: Amy Jo Pearsall, City Attorney City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 45 Secretary of Assistant Secretary RFB # 15 -018 2015 TO: AND TO: EXHIBIT E NOTICE TO LABOR UNIONS OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT ORGANIZATIONS NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ALL EMPLOYEES --ke of 'iC i J Pic. v hie (Name of Union or Organization) The undersigned currently holds contract(s) with 1 �% /'�`�E'' -/ `'"'`t `/ involving funds or credit of the City of Federal Way, Washington, or (a) subcontract(s) "with a prime contractor holding such contract(s). You are advised that, under the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontract(s) and in accordance with Section 202 of Executive Order 11246 dated September 24, 1965, the undersigned is obliged not to discriminate against any employee or applicant of employment because of race, color, creed or national origin. This obligation not to discriminate in employment includes, but is not limited to, the following: EMPLOYMENT, UPGRADING, TRANSFER OR DEMOTION RECRUITMENT AND ADVERTISING RATES OF PAY OR OTHER FORMS OF COMPENSATION SELECTION FOR TRAINING INCLUDING APPRENTICESHIP, LAYOFF OR TERMINATION This notice is furnished to you pursuant to the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontractor(s) and Executive Order 11246. Copies of this Notice will be posted by the undersigned in conspicuous places available to employees or applicants for employment. Complaints may be submitted to: City of Federal Way 33325 8th Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 46 42e( //i w etc' 4.O YJ Pay tner (Contractor or subcontractor) 7-1,br)4 ic, &goiG. Date RFB # 15 -018 2015 REVISION NUMBER: vTHIS , + IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POUCIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES, LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. 1NSR TYPE OF INSURANCE !AODL'SUBR� POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF T POLICY EXP ' UNITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL L ABILITY ' EACH OCCURRENCE S 1,000,000 i - EMESAGE -TO RENTED 50 , 000 I PR.EMLS.ES ecru' Ac$ S __ A CLAIMS-MADE 0E LX OCCUR I ; (Ep �` " Excluded X Y • HV01553434 5114/2015 5/14/2016 MED EXP (Any one person) —S _`__- .. J 1 PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY i S 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE ' i 2 , 000 , 0 00 GEN'L AGGREGATE ATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: • I POLICY ' X JEc°-r ` ; LOC i I PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG : S 2,000,000 - OTHER: ; S ap S 1,000,ODU - AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ' COMBINED SINGLE OMIT - S 1,000,000 accdent) _LEA ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ - ALL OWNED SCHEDULED , BODILY INJURY (Perad:lent) S OS^ AU X y A X X S ED I 1 PROPERTY DAMAGE : (PRaceldeneL.. HIRED AUTOS ; AUTON - -• - I combined sin9,e limn S UMBRELLA LIAB ; X I OCCUR i EACH OCCURRENCE S 4,000,000 e X• MESS uAa . CLAIMS -MADE I i S815EXC810386IV 5/14/2015 , 5/14/2016 AGGREGATE S 5,000 000_ OED I RETENTIONS ' X Y' ■ S WORKERS COMPEN5AT10N f 1 STATUTE , X ER A . AND EMPLOYERS' UAB1UTY ANY PROPRIETORJPARTNERIEXECUTIVE Y i � EV01533434 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT S 1, 000,000 ' OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? 1 i I N 1 A' A (Mandatory in NH) I I (pa Stop Gap - Employers i 5/14/2015 i 5/14/2016 ' E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEES 1,000,000 yes, I DESRIPTION O� OPERATIONS below i Liability) j -. E.L. DISEASE - POLICY utorr S 1 , 000 , 000 D ' Inland Marine I i QT66027244792TZL14 5/14/2015 5/14/2016 i LeasedRertedLqupment $200,000 Z ' Property 01ca6833878 5/14/2015 5/14/2016 i Business Pommel Property 241, 210 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS r LOCATIONS/ VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Adctional Rsnmrks Schedule, may be attached If more space is required) Project: Town Square Park Phase Five - Spray Park Install - Blanket primary non - contributory additional insured including additional insured including completed operations additional insured, Blanket Waiver of subrogation applies in favor any person or organization as per written contract per policy forms CG 2026 07/04, USIC VEN 01611 10/07, CG2037 07/04, CG2404 10/93, CG2503 03/97 - The City, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents are included as additional insureds Ace 0' kaarr E - 1-- I`r CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE ()Iw0DIYYYY) 2/3/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF IN)ORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER HENTSCHELL S ASSOC INC One Pacific Building 621 Pacific Ave., Suite 400 Tacoma INSURED Henderson Partners, LLC 11302 Burnham Dr NW WA 98402 Gic Harbor WA 98332 CONTACT Danielle Pethick PHONE Ext> (253) 272 -1151 ' Pfd• t1 (259)272 -1225 =:daniellep @hentschell.com INSURERS) AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A :United Specialty Insurance Company INSURER II :General Ins. Co of Amarica INSURERc:Navigators Insurance Company INSURERD:Travelers Insurance Company INSUREREAmeriean States Insurance Co INSURER F : NAIC M CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Federal Way P.O. Box 9718 33325 Bth Ave South Federal Way, WA 98063 -9718 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELPJERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Bradley Roberts /DRP ACORD 25 (2014/01) INS025 (201401) ®1988 -2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD UNITED SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY — PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY USIC VEN 016 11 10 07(amaded) PRIMARY AND NON - CONTRIBUTING INSURANCE (Third Party's Negligence) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTSICOMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, Paragraph 4: Section IV: Commercial General Liability Conditions 4. Other Insurance: d. Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-paragraphs a, b, and c of this paragraph 4, with respect to the Third Party shown below, it is understood and agreed that in the event of a claim or " suit" arising out of the Named Insuted's negligence, this insurance shall be primary and any other insurance maintained by the additional insured named as the Third Party below shall be excess and. non- contributory. The Third Party to whom this endorsement applies is: Absence of a specifically named Third Party above means that the provisions of this endorsement apply "as required by written contractual agreement with any Third party for whom you are performing work." All other terms, conditions and exclusion under this policy are applicable to this Endorsement and remain unchanged, USIC VIDd 016 11 10 07 Page 1 d 1 POLICY NUMBER: BYO 1553434 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 07 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, LESSEES OR - CONTRACTORS — COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s): Location And Description Of Completed Open. aliens . As required by written contract Any and all locations Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. Section II — Who L An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the sons) or s) shown in the Schedu but only respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or m by your work at the location designated described in the schedule of this endorsement performed for that additional insured and in- chided in the "products-completed operations hazard ". .� : / ;■1I A. 1'4111 CO 20 370704 trq 18O Properties, Inc.. 2004 Page 1 of l O POLICY NUMBER: BYO 1553434 Cad1II1IIIRCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CO20261704 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modes insurance provided tinder the following: C(DdliERCIAL GENERAL LIABIIRY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of AddiHemsl Insured Person(s) Or Orgamixatioo(s) As required by writes contract Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. Section II — Who It Au Loured ie amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or on(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property derange" or "pesanal and adver- tising in' canoed, in whale or in part, by your rots or omissions or the acts or omissions of thane acting an your behalf A. in the performance of your ongoing operations; or B. In connection with your promises owned by on ranted to Y' CG 2026 07 04 0 ISO Properties, Inc., 2004 Page 1 of 1 D POIICY NUMBER: BYO 1553434 COi IMERCMAL GENERAL Limuu'IY CG 24/41/93 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided radar the fallowing: cceameRan GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name drama or Organic' wi: As required by written contract (If no entry appears above, iMinnation required to complete this endorsement will be shown In the Declarations as applica- ble to this endorsement) The TRANSFER OP RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US Condition (Section N — COMMERCIAL MINERAL LIABILITY Y CONDITIONS) is amended by the addition of the fallowing We waive any right of recovery se may have against the pawn or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury err damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your our done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "produc- ccmp]eted operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 10 93 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1992 Page 1 of 1 ❑ POLICY NUMBER: BYO 1553434 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 2503 0397 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the fallowing: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCSEMLE Designated Construction Projects: Any and all projects (If no only appears above, information required to complete bk to this endorsement) A. For all auras which the insured becomes legally obli- gated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" un- der COVERAGE A (SECTION I), and for all medical expenses paused by accidents under COVERAGE C (SECTION T); which cstre he attributed only to ongo- ing operations at a single designated construction pro- ject shown in the Schedule above: L A separate Designated Ceastru :tiaa Project Gen- eral Awe Limit applies to each designated construction project, and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Decimations. 2. The Des grated Canshncdan Project General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under COVERAGE A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "product - crmplamd op- eratic= hazard ", mid for medical a speoses under COVERAGE C regardless cif the number of a. Insureds; b. Claims made er "ignite•' benug1 ar e, Persons or erg.. ions making claims or bringing "". 3. Any payments mark coder COVERAGE A for damages or under COVERAGE C far medical ex- penses shall reduce the Designated Construction Project General Aggrug ate Limit for that designat- ed construction project. Such parynaente shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they reduce any other Den- igrated Construction Prnjecx General Aggregate Ludt for achy other designated construction pro- ject shown in the Schedule above. CG 2503 0397 this endorsement will be shown in the Decimations as lica 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence;, Fire Damage and Medical Expense continue to apply. however, instead of being sub- ject to the General Aggregate Limit shown is the Declaration, such limits will be subject to the ap- plicable Designated Canstrocticu Project General Aggt+eghie Limit B. For all cams which the soared becomes legally obli- gated d COVERAGE A ON I), "occurrences" and for all medical expenses caused by accidents cinder COVERAGE C (3ECIION I), which camel be attributed only to on- going operations at a single dcaignated construction project shown in the Schedule above: L Any payments made under COVERAGE A for damages or ender COVERAGE C for medical ex- penses shall reduce the amount available wader the General Aggregate Limit or the Products- Completed Operations Aggregate Limit, whichev- er is applicable cad 2. Such payments shall not reduce nay Designated Comstruction project General Aggeremee Limit C. When coverage for liability arising out of the "prod- ucts-completed operations hazard" is provided, nay payments for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products- completed operations hazard" will reduce the Prod - ucts - Completed Operations Aggregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggregate Limit nor the Designat- ed Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. D. If the applicable designated cants aloe project has been abandoned, ddaycd, or abandoned and then re- started, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, dew specifications or time- tables, the project well still be deemed to be the same construction project. Copyright; Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1996 Page 1 of 2 ❑ L The provisions or Limits ur Insurance (SEcnox Hi) not °Chemise snodifiecl by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. Page 2 of 2 Copyright, Services Office, Inc., 1996 CG 2503 03 97 D Liberty Mutual. INSURANCE COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 71100307 THiS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AUTO PLUS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of -the Coverage Form apply Mess modified by the endorsement. EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED Paragraph 3.b. of the CANCELLATION Common Pokey Condition is replaced by the following: b. 60 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for any other reason. TEMPORARY SUBSTITUTE AUTO — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE Under paragraph C. — CERTAIN TRAILERS, MO- BILE EQUIPMENT AND TENFORARY SUBSTITUTE AUTOS of SECTION 1 - COVERED AUTOS, the following is added: if Physical Damage coverage is provided by this Cov- erage Form, then you have coverage for. Any 'auto" you do not own while used with the per- mission of its owner as a temporary substiiute for a covered " auto' you own that is out of service be- cause of its breakdown, repair, senricing, "loss' or destruction. iw BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED SOS ZEE mom • SECTION 11 — LIABILITY COVERAGE — A.1. WHO IS AN INSURED provision is amended by the addition of the following= d. Any business entity newly acquired or formed by you during the policy period provided you own 60% or more of the business entity and the business entity is not separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. Coverage is extended up to a maximum 01 160 days following acquisi- tion or formation of the buskness enbly. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the policy period. SECTION 11 — LIABILITY COVERAGE — A.1. WHO IS AN INSURED provision is amended by the adtbn of the following: a. Any person or organization for whom you are re- quired by an Insured contract" to provide insur- ance is an Insured ", subject to the foliowtrg additional provisions: (1) The "insured cortracr must be in effect during the policy period shown in the Deca- rations, and must have been executed prior to the "badly injury' or "property damage- (2) This person or organization is an 'insured' only to the exteerlt you are liable due to your ongoing operations for that insured, whether the work is performed by you or for you, and only to the extent you are held gable for an "accident" occurring while a covered "auto' is being driven by you or one of your em- pioyees- 3) There is no coverage provided to Ms person or organization for 'bociy it wy' to Its em- ployees, nor for "property damage" to its Proixtrilf- (4) Coverage for this person or oration shall be limited to the extent of your negli- gence or fault accorolng to the applicable >drdpbs of comparative negligence or fault. (5) The defense of any claim or 'suit' must be tendered by this person or organizaton as soon as practicable to all other insurers which potentially provide insurance for such claim or "suit" Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1997 CA 71 10 03 07 Page 1 of 8 EP (6) The coverage provided will not exceed the lesser of: (a) The coverage andtor ffmits of this policy; or .3) The coverage and+or Omits reed by the 'insured contract'. (7) A perm's or organization's status as an Insured" under this subparagraph d ends when your operations for that 'Insured" are completed: EMPLOYEE AB INSURED Under Paragraph A. of Section 11 — LIABILITY COV- ERAGE item f. is added as follows: Your 'employee" white using his owned "auto', or an "auto" owned by a member of his or her household, in your business or your personal affairs, provided you do not own, hire or borrow the/ auto ". This coverage is excess to any other collectible insurance coverage. FELLOW EMPLOYEE COVERAGE Exclusion 6. FELLOW EMPLOYEE of SECTION 11 — LIABIUTY COVERAGE — B. EXCLUSIONS is amended by the adciftion of the following: However, this exclusion does not apply iE the 'bodily injury' results from the use of a covered "auto' you own or hire, and provided that any coverage under this provision oily apples in excess over any other co lecxilde insurance. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION We waive the right of recovery we may have for pay- ments made for 'bodily injury' or "property damage' on behalf of the persons or organizations added as 'insureds' under Section II — LIABILITY COVERAGE — A.1.D. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED and A.1.e. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — ADDITIONAL TRANS - PORTATION EXPENSE COVERAGE The first sentence of paragraph A.4. of SECTION SI — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended as follows: We will pay up to $60 per day to a maximum of 61,600 for temporary transportation expense incurred by you because of the total theft of a covered "auto' of the private passenger type. PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE A. SECTION HI — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER- AGE, A.4. COVERAGE EXTENSIONS, is amended by adding the following: c. Personal Effects Coverage For any Owned 'auto' that is Involved in a covered 'loss ", we will pay up to $5500 for 'personal effects" that are lost or damaged as a result of the covered loss', without applying a deductible. EXTRA EXPENSE — BROADENED COVERAGE Paragraph A. — COVERAGE of SECTION IN - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is mended to add: 5. We will pay for the expense of returning a stolen covered 'auto' to you. AIRBAG COVERAGE Under paragraph B. — EXCLUSIONS of SECTION HI — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, the following is added: The exdualon relating f rr:ecfari breakdown dew not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag. NEW VEHICLE REPLACEMENT MOST Under Paragraph C — LIMIT OF INSURAhICE of Section III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE sec- tion 2 Is amended as follows: 2. An adjustment for depreciation and physical con- dition WE be made In determining actual cash value in the event of a total loss. However, in the event of a total bas to your new vehicle' to which this coverage applies, as shown In the declarations, we wil pay at yolk option: a. The verifiable now vehnde" purchase price you paid for your damaged vehicle not in- cludng any insurance or warranties pur- chased; b. The purchase price, as negotiated by us, 0f a new veticle of the same make, model and equipment, not including any furnisfgngs, Parts or equipment not installed by the manufacturer or manufacturer's dealership. N the same model is not available pay the purchase price of the most simler model available; Page 2of8 Nes mom .Nw t ' c. The market value of your damaged vehicle, not Includng any furnishings, parts or equip- ment not installed by the manufacturer or manufacturer's dealership. This coverage applies only to a covered "auto" of the private passenger, 191* truck or median truck type (20,000 Ibs or less gross vehicle weight) and does not apply to initiation or set up costs associated with loans or Leases. TWO OR MORE DEDUCTIBLES Under SECTION 01 — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COV- ERAGE, if two or more 'company' poikdes or cover- age forms apply to the same accklent, the folowing applies to paragraph D. Deducible: aa, y the applicable Business Auto deduct - ble is the smaller (or srratiest) deduct- rble it will be waived; or b. 1 the applicable Business Auto deduct - bie is not the smaller (or smalest) de- ductible It wO be reduced by the amount of the smaller (or smallest) deductible; or c. if the loss involves two or more Busi- ness Auto coverage forms or policies the smaller (or smallest) deductible wll be waived. For the purpose of this endarsemert 'company' means: a. Safeco Insuranoe Company of America b. American States Insurance Company c. General Insurance Company of America d. American Economy Insurance Company e. First National Insurance Company of America L American States Insurance Company of Texas American States Preferred Insurance Company h. Safeco Insurance Company of Illinois S• LOAN/LEASE GAP COVERAGE Under paragraph C — LIMIT OF INSURANCE of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, the following is added: 4. The most we will pay for a total "loss" in any one "accident° is the greater of the following, subject to a $1,500 maximum Amit: CA 71 10 03 D7 a. Actual cash value of the damaged or stolen property as of the time of the loss ", less an adjustment for depreciation and physical condition; or b. Balance due wicks the terms of the loan or lease that the damaged covered 'auto" is subject to at the time of the loss ", less any one or all of the following adiustmerts: (1) Overdue payment and financial penalties assodated with those payments as of the date of the 9058 ". Financial penalties imposed undo' a lease due to high miens, exces- sive use or abnormal wear and tear. (i Casts for extended warranties, Ore- di Ile Insurance, Health, Accident or Dlsabilty Insurance purchased with the ban or lease. (4) Transfer or rollover balances from previous loans or teases. (5) Anal payment due under a "Balloon Loan ". (8) The dollar amount of any un- repaired damage that occurred prior to the "total loss" of a covered 'auto ". (7) Security deposlts not refunded by lessor. (8) Al refunds payable or paid to you as a resuk of the early termination of a lease agreement or any war- tarty or extended service agree- ment on a covered "auto ". (9) Any amount representing tapes. (10) Loan or lease termination fees GLASS REPAIR — WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE Under paragraph D. — DEDUCTIBLE of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, the following is added: No dedudJle applies to glass damage If the glass is repaired rather than replaced. AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCI- DENT, MAIM, SUIT OR LOSS The requirement in LOSS CONDITION 2.a. — DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS — of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS that you must notify us of an Page 3 of 6 EP "accident" applies only when the "sodded- is known to: (1) You, 1 you are an Individual; (2) A partner, 1 you are a partnership; or (3) An executive officer or insurance manager, if you are a corporation. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDtTiONS — B.2. is amended by the addition of the following: 1 you unintentionally fall to disclose any hazards ex- isting at the inception date d your poky, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Form because of such fa1txe. However, tits provision does not affect ow bight to collect addltioral premium or exercise our right of cancelation or non - renewal. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLD WIDE COVER - AGE Under Section IV — Business CondttIons, Paragraph B,7.b.e(1) is replaced by the following: (1) The "accident' or loss' results from the use of an "auto" aired for 30 days or less. RESULTANT MENTAL ANGUISH COVERAGE SECTION V — DEFINITIONS — C. Is replaced by the folowing: "Badly injury° means badly injury, sickness or dis- ease sustained by a person including mental anguish or death resulting from any of these. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE OVERAGE If hired "autos" are covered 'autos" for LMbiilty cov- erage and if Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss or Collision coverages are provided under this Coverage Form for any "auto' you own, then the Physical Damage Coverages provided are extended to °auutos" you hire or borrow. The most we will pay for loss to any tired "auto" is $50,000 or Actual Cash Value or Cost of Repair, whichever is smallest, minus a deductible. The de- ductible will be equal to the largest deductible appl- cable to any owned "auto' of the private passenger or light truck type for that coverage. Hired Auto Phy- sical Damage coverage is excess over any other col- lectible Insurance. Subject to the above lima, deductible and excess provisions, we wil provide coverage equal to the broadest coverage applicable to any covered Into" you own. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE — LOSS OF USE SECTION W — PHYSICAL DAMAGE AA.b. Form does not apply. Subject to a maximum of $1,000 per accident, we will cover loss of use of a bred "auto" if It results from an accident, you are legnly liable and the leer in- cos an actual financial loss. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT COVERAGE A. We will pay for rental reimbursement expenses incurred by you for the rental of an 'auto" be- cause of a covered loss" to a covered 'auto ". Payment applies in addition to the otherwise ap- plcable amount of each coverage you have an a covered "auto ". No deductibles apply to this coverage. B. We will pay only for those expenses incurred dining the polcy period beginning 24 hours after the loss" and tinting, regardless of the policy's expiration, with the lessor of tiro following number of days: 1. The number of days reasonably required to repair or replace the covered 'auto'. 1 loss" is caused by theft, this number of days is added to the number of days a takes to locate the covered "auto' and return a to you. 2. 30 days. C. Our payment is Imited to the lesser of the fol- lowing amounts: 1. Necessary and actual expenses inured. 2. S60 per day. D. This coverage age does not apply while there are spare or reserve 'autos' available to you for your E. 1 loss' results from the total theft of a covered " auto" of the private passenger type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not al- ready provided for under the PHYSICAL DAM- AGE COVERAGE Coverage Extension. F. The Rental Reimbursement Coverage described above does not apply to a covered "auto" that is described or designated as a covered 'auto' on Page 4 of 6 t� t� moms A MUER MEM Rental Reinbtrsement Coverage Form CA9923. AUDIO, VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE A. Coverages 1. We will pay with respect to a covered 'auto' for loss' to any electronic equipment that receives or transmits audio, visual or data signals and that is not designed solely for the reproduction of sound. This coverage applies only ti the equipment is immanently installed in the covered 'auto" at the time of the loss" or the equipment is removable from a housing unit which is permanently installed in the covered 'auto' at the time of the "foss', and such equipment is designed to be solely operated by use of the power from the "auto's' electrical system, in or upon the covered °auto'. 2. We wll pay with respect to a covered *auto" for loss' to any accessories used wkh the electronic equipment described in paragraph A.1. above. However, this does not include tapes, records or doze. 3. If Atxbo, Visual and Data Electronic Equip- ment Coverage form CA 99 60 or CA 99 94 is attached to this policy, then the Audio, Vi- sual and Data Electronic Equipment Cover- age described above does not apply. B. Exclusions The exclusions that apply to PHYSICAL DAM - AGE COVERAGE, except for the exclusion relat- ing to Audio, Visual and Data Bectronic Equipment, also apply to this coverage. In addi- tion, the following exclusions apply: We win not pay for either any electronic equip- ment or accessories used with such electronic equiprnert that is: 1. Necessary for the normal operation of the Covered "auto' for the monitoring of the covered °auto's" operating system; or 2. Both: a. an integral part of the same unit housing any sound reproducing equipment de- signed solely for the reproduction of sound If the sound reproducing equipment is permanently installed in the cowered `auto'; and b. permanently installed In the opening of the dash or console normally used by the manufacturer for the Installation of a radio. C. Umlt of insurance Wfdh respect to this coverage, the UNIT OF IN- SURANCE provision of PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is replaced by the following 1. The most we will pay for 'foss" to audio vi- sual or data electronic equipment and any accessories used with this equipment as a result of any one `accident" is the lesser of: s. The actual cash value of the damaged or stolen property as of the time of the loss"; or b. The cost of repairing or replacing the damaged or stolen property wlth other property of like kind and gtyaiity. c. $1,000. 2. An adjustment for depreciation and physical condition will be made in determirdng actual cash value at the time all the 'loss". 3. If a repair or replacement results in bettor than like Idnd or quaSy, we will not pay for the amount of the betterment. D. Deductible 1. if loss" to the audio, visual or data elec- trode equipment or accessories used with this equipment i9 the result of a loss" to the covered "auto" under the Business Auto Coverage Form's Comprehensive or Colli- sion Coverage, then for each covered "auto" our obligation to pay for, repair, return or re- place damaged or stolen property will be re- duced by the applicable deductible shown in the Declarations. Any Comprehensive Cov- erage deductible shown in the Declarations does not apply to loss" to audio, visual or data efectror c equipment caused by We or ightning. 2. If loss" to the audio, visual or data elec- tronic equipment or accessories used with this eqtipment is the result of a loess to the covered 'auto" under the Business Auto Coverage Form's Specired Causes of Loss Coverage, then for each covered "auto" our obligation to pay for, repair, return or replace damaged or stolen property will be reduced by a $100 deductible. 3. If loss" occurs solely to the audio, visual or data electronic equipment or accessories used with this equipment, then for each cov- ered "auto" our obligation to pay for, repair, CA 71 10 03 07 Page 5 016 EP r.,nammmr "inwann t return or replace damaged or stolen property will be reduced by a $100 deductible. 4. In the evert that there is more than one ap- plicable deductible, only the highest deduct- ible will apply. In no event will more than one deduc ble apply. SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is amended by adding the folor g: ii. 't'ersorad effects' means your tangible property that Is worn or carried by you, ex- cept for tools, jewelry, money, or eecwfties. R. 'New vehicle' means any 'auto' of which you are the odgbal owner and the 'auto' has not been previously tltied and is less than 385 days past the purchase date. Paps 6d6 EXHIBIT G Bond No. 1001008117 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY PERFORMANCE /PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS: We, the undersigned Henderson Partners, LLC ("Principal's and American Contractors Indemnity Company , the undersigned corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of California and legally doing business in the State of Washington as a surety ("Surety"), are held and firmly bonded unto the City of Federal Way, a Washington municipal corporation ("City") in the penal sum of *Two Hundred Nineteen Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars and no /100 ($219,817.7 ) for the payment of which we firmly bind ourselves and our legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. *Seventeen & 97/100 This obligation is entered into an Agreement with the City dated January 20 , 2016 for Federal Way Town Square Park, Phase Five - Spray park Install NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall perform all the provisions of the Agreement in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the City, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under the Agreement, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men or women, and all persons who shall supply the Principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold the City, their officials, agents, employees and volunteers harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of the Principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall Indemnify and hold the City harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the Agreement within a period of one (1) year after its final acceptance thereof by the City, then and in the event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. And the Surety, for value received, hereby further stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work. The Surety hereby agrees that modifications and changes may be made in terms and provisions of the Agreement without notice to Surety, and any such modifications or changes increasing the total amount to be paid the Principal shall automatically increase the obligation of the Surety on this Performance Bond in a like amount, such increase, however, not to exceed twenty -five percent (25%) of the original amount of this bond without the consent of the Surety. Within forty -five (45) days of receiving notice that the Principal has defaulted on all or part of the terms of the Agreement, the Surety shall make a written commitment to the City that it will either: (a) cure the default itself within a reasonable time period, or (b) tender to the city, the amount necessary for the City to remedy the default, including legal fees incurred by the City, or (c) in the event that Surety's evaluation of the dispute is not complete or in the event the Surety disputes the City's claim of default, the Surety shall notify the City of its finding and its intent, if any, to interplead. The Surety shall then fulfill its obligations under this bond, according to the option it has elected. Should Surety elect option (a) to cure the default, the penal sum of the Bond shall be reduced in an amount equal to the costs actually incurred by the Surety in curing the default. If the Surety elects option (b), then upon completion of the necessary work, the City shall notify the Surety of its actual costs. The City shall return, without interest, any overpayment made by the Surety and the Surety shall pay to the City any actual costs which exceed the City estimate, limited to the bond amount. Should the Surety elect option (c), the Parties shall first complete participation in mediation, described in the below paragraph, prior to any interplead action. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 48 RFB # 15 -018 2015 In the event a dispute should arise between the Parties to this Bond with respect to the City's declaration of default by the Principal, the Parties agree to participate in at least four hours of mediation in accordance with the mediation procedures of United States Arbitration and Mediation {"USA &M'). The Parties shall proportionately share in the cost of the mediation. The mediation shall be administered by the Seattle USA &M office, 4300 Two Union Square, 601 Union Street, Seattle, Washington 98101 -2327. The Surety shall not interplead prior to completion of the mediation. DATED this 4th day of February CORPORATE SEAL OF PRINCIPAL: , 20 16 . By: Its: PRINCIPAL Henderson Partners, LLC (Na Person Executing Bond) 11302 Burnham Drive NW Gig Harbor, WA 98332 (Address) 253 - 851 -5896 (Phone) CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE SEAL el ‘I hereby ce ' 4 ssistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the v��111�ti�iii� who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal, was wit n bo�; that tee■ g P _ �- -- -A- t vµ, -4- -0- of the said Corporation; that I know his or her signature thereto is genuine, and that said bond was dulyAigned, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of saicd..Corporat'•n by authority of its governing body. CORPORATE SEAL OF SURETY: City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 By: Page 49 SURETY American Contractors Indemnity Company rney -in -Fact (Attach Power of Attorney) Joanne Reinkensmeyer, Attorney -in -Fact (Name of Person Executing Bond) 1436 S. Union Ave. Tacoma, WA 98405 (Address) 253 - 272 -1151 (Phone) RFB # 15 -018 2015 APPROVED AS TO FORM: (-,c( my Jo Pearsall, City Attorney City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 50 RFB # 15 -018 2015 POWER OF ATTORNEY AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Contractors Indemnity Company, a California corporation, United States Surety Company, a Maryland corporation and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company, a Texas corporation (collectively, the "Companies "), do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Thomas P. Hentschell, Karen J. Smith, Karen Ingram, Bradley A. Roberts, Joanne Reinkensmeyer or Julie Craker of Tacoma, Washington its true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include riders, amendments, and consents of surety, providing the bond penalty does not exceed * * * ** *Three Million * * * * ** Dollars ($ * *3,000,000.00 ** ). This Power of Attorney shall expire without further action on December 08, 2016. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Companies: Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice - President, any Assistant Vice - President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s) -in -Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings, including any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts, and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney -in -Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 10th day of December, 2012. AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY Corporate Seals w. xs, aw State of California 9C4LIFORN P,O County of Los Angeles SS: ,,;ry ,3WA,, ,, �Q %: • I, .••.• Q F - • Daniel P. Aguilar, Vice President On 10th day of December, 2012, before me, Vanessa Wright, a notary public, personally appeared Daniel P. Aguilar, Vice President of American Contractors Indemnity Company, United States Surety Company and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (Seal) V. WRIGHT Commiss+on M 1998319 Notary Prblic - Calif Orate Los Angeles County Comm. L*p res Dec 8. 201 I, Jeannie Lee, Assistant Secretary of American Contractors Indemnity Company, United States Surety Company and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect; furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Los Angeles, California this y day of it IZV., , �Olrrp Corporate Seals Bond No. /OO /ob n/ 7— Agency No. 8306 a ted ,l/ Jeannie Lee, W sistant Secretary EXHIBIT H TITLE VI ASSURANCES During the performance of this contract, the contractor /consultant, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor ") agrees as follows: 1. Compliance with Regulations The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to non - discrimination in federally assisted programs of United States Department of Transportation (USDOT), Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Non - discrimination The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in the selection and retention of sub - contractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Exhibit E of the Regulations. 3. Solicitations for Sub - contracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiations made by the contractor for work to be performed under a sub - contract, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each potential sub - contractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to non - discrimination on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the contracting agency or the appropriate federal agency to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the contractor shall so certify to WSDOT or the USDOT as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Non - compliance In the event of the contractor's non - compliance with the non - discrimination provisions of this contract, the contracting agency shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the USDOT may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: Withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and /or; Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 51 RFB # 15 -018 2015 6. Incorporation of Provisions The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (5) in every sub- contract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any sub - contractor or procurement as the contracting agency or USDOT may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non - compliance. Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a sub - contractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request WSDOT enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the state and, in addition, the contractor may request the USDOT enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 52 RFB # 15 -018 2015 APPENDIX A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The following list of Divisions 1 -31 comprise the Technical Specifications DIVISION 1 Summary Project Management and Coordination Construction Progress Documentation Submittal Procedures Quality Requirements References Temporary Facilities and Controls Product Requirements Execution Construction Waste Management and Disposal Closeout Procedures Project Record Documents Operation and Maintenance Data REGISTERED ARCHITECT DIVISION 3 Cast —in -place Concrete DIVISION 7 Caulking & Sealants DAVID A. CLARK STATE OF WASHINGTON DIVISION 22 SCOPE OF WORK COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING PLUMBING INSULATION FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES STORM DRAINAGE PIPING COMMERCIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS SPRAY PARK PIPING SPRAY PARK PUMPS SPRAY PARK WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT WATER FEATURES & ACTIVATORS FOR SPRAY PARKS SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR SPRAY PARKS DIVISION 31 Trench Safety Earthwork Site Utilities City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 53 011000 013100 013200 013300 014000 014200 015000 016000 017300 017419 017700 017810 017820 033000 079200 220000 220500 220519 220523 220533 220719 221113 221119 221316 221319 221413 224200 225300 225313 225316 225319 225323 225327 311100 312000 334100 RFB # 15 -018 2015 SECTION 011000 SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work by Owner. 3. Owner - furnished products. 4. Access to site. 5. Work restrictions. 6. Specification and drawing conventions. 7. Permits 8. Miscellaneous provisions. B. Related Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. This project consists of the installation of the spray park equipment, fixtures, features and piping, Concrete paving at the spray park and associated utilities, earthwork and other associated work to improve an existing park as indicated on the drawings and in this project manual. The Owner will provide the equipment, fixtures and features as spelled out in this project manual and on the drawings. All other items not provided by the Owner shall be furnished and installed by the contractor at no extra charge to the Owner. 1.4 WORK BY OWNER A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner. 011000 - 1 Summary 1.5 OWNER- FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing, protecting, and installing Owner- furnished products. B. Owner - Furnished Products: 1. All items shown on the schedule from Water Odessey. 1.6 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to work in areas agreed upon with the Owner. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond those areas. 1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways, parking lots, and entrances serving nearby public and private entities clear and available at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials unless specifically indicated on the drawings. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of streets and public right of ways. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on -site. 1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On -Site Work Hours: As allowed by the City of Federal Way city code. C. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others except as agreed by the Architect and with 72 hours' notice. D. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and controlled substances on the Project site or the entire park is not permitted. 1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. 011000 - 2 Summary B. Division 1 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 1 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on the Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on the Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. 1.9 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS A. The City has applied for and has paid for the following permits, the contractor shall sign for and pick up: 1. Building 2. Electrical 3. Mechanical Contractor shall obtain all other permits, including ROW and deferred submittals, as required for completion of the project. Owner has applied for and will be responsible for all requirements for a King County Health Dept. permit. 1.10 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Daily clean up: Contractor shall clean building interior at the end of each day to level required by the Owner for the next day's operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 011000 - 3 Summary SECTION 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Key personnel. 3. Coordination drawings. 4. Requests for Information (RFIs). 5. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field- engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information from each other during construction. 1.4 GENERAL PROJECT COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. It is anticipated that the work of this RFB will be constructed in conjunction with other elements of the park project. This contract will be required to work closely with and prepare his/her flow of work to best coordinate their work with other contracts, and vis- versa. Multiple phases may be required with some lag time. 013100 - 1 Project Management & Coordination B. Coordination: Each contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. 9. Project closeout activities. 10. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. Deliver items specifically identified to the Owner, legally dispose of the other items. 1.5 KEY PERSONNEL A. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of notice to proceed, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and email addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times. 013100 - 2 Project Management & Coordination 1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures." 013100 - 3 Project Management & Coordination a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 5 calendar days of receipt of the RFI response. D. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within five calendar days if Contractor disagrees with response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name of contractor originating RFI. 3. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 4. RFI description. 5. Date the RFI was submitted. 6. Date Architect's response was received. 7. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Contractor shall schedule required pre - construction meetings with the City of Federal Way as required for permit requirements. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long -lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. g. Procedures for RFIs. h. Procedures for testing and inspecting. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. j. Distribution of the Contract Documents. k. Submittal procedures. 1. Preparation of record documents. m. Work restrictions. n. Working hours. o. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. p. Construction waste management and recycling. q. Parking availability. 013100 - 4 Project Management & Coordination r. Office, work, and storage areas. s. Equipment deliveries and priorities. t. First aid. u. Security. v. Progress cleaning. 4. Minutes: The Architect will record and distribute meeting minutes. B. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regularly weekly intervals as agreed upon by the Contractor, the Architect and the Owner between the hours of 7 a.m. to 3 p.m. 1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off -site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 3. Minutes: Architect shall record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to all attendees. 013100 - 5 Project Management & Coordination 4. Schedule: a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 013100 - 6 Project Management & Coordination SECTION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Start-up construction schedule. 2. Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Material location reports. 5. Field condition reports. 6. Special reports. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for preparing a combined Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 3. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless otherwise approved by Architect. C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of the Project. 013200 - 1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. Electronic file in original program and in PDF electronic format. B. Start-up construction schedule. 1. Approval of cost - loaded start-up construction schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of values for cost - loaded activities. C. Start-up Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. 1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float. F. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. G. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. H. Field Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. 013200 - 2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION I. Special Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. The Architect shall review the project schedule only for end date compliance and for compliance with the phasing documents. This schedule is for the contractor's use only, and is not a part of the contract documents. Additional mobilizations, shorter or longer floats and the like, that are or are not shown on the Contractor's schedule are not cause for claims by the Contractor to the Owner. B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 2. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. 3. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than 15 days for startup and testing. 4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 5. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for punch list and final completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. 013200 - 3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control. 4. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion. b. Permanent space enclosure. c. Completion of mechanical installation. d. Completion of electrical installation. e. Substantial Completion. E. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 10 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. CPM Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal CPM -type, Contractor's construction schedule within 15 calendar days of date established for the Notice of Award. Base schedule on the start-up construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 2.3 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events (refer to special reports). 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Emergency procedures. 013200 - 4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 12. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 13. Supplemental Instructions and Construction Change Directives received. 14. Services connected and disconnected. 15. Equipment or system tests and startups. B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. 2.4 SPECIAL REPORTS A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 013200 - 5 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 3. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as action submittals. B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as informational submittals. C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files. D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device - independent and display resolution- independent fixed- layout document format. 013300 - 1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or modifications to submittals noted by the Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal category: Action, informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. 1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. 1. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings. b. Digital Drawing Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in AutoCAD 2010 -2015 formats. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. 013300 - 2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 10 calendar days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 5 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 10 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor. D. Identification and Information: Place a permanent label or title block on each paper copy submittal item for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of subcontractor. f. Name of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 1. Other necessary identification. E. Identification and Information: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 4. Include the following information on an inserted cover sheet: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. f. Name of subcontractor. 013300 - 3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES g. Name of supplier. h. Name of manufacturer. i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 1. Related physical samples submitted directly. m. Other necessary identification. 5. Include the following information as keywords in the electronic file metadata: a. Project name. b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. c. Manufacturer name. d. Product name. F. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Architect. G. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. H. Transmittal: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor. 1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination (To:). d. Source (From:). e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. f. Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Specification Section number and title. i. Indication of full or partial submittal. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Transmittal number. 1. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. m. Remarks. n. Signature of transmitter. 2. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal. I. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect. 013300 - 4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. K. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification, Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files (preferred). Paper copies will be accepted if no other option is available. a. Architect will return one annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 2. Action Submittals: Submit four paper copies of each submittal plus the number requested back, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Informational Submittals: Submit four paper copies of each submittal plus the number requested back, unless otherwise indicated 4. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." 5. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically- submitted certificates and certifications where indicated. b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications where indicated. 6. Test and Inspection Reports Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements." B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. 013300 - 5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams showing factory- installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. PDF electronic file, or: b. Four paper copies of Product Data plus number of copies requested to be returned. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project - specific information, drawn accurately to scale. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. 013300 - 6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return one submittal with options selected. 5. Samples for Verification: Submit full -size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit two sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. E. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." F. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." G. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in the project manual. H. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 4. Submit subcontract list in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. 013300 - 7 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES I. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." J. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. K. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on American Welding Society (AWS) forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. L. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. M. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. N. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. O. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. P. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. Q. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. R. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. S. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements." T. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. 013300 - 8 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES U. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. V. Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. W. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data." X. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. 2.2 DELEGATED - DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated- Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Project Closeout and Maintenance/Material Submittals: Refer to requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date 013300 - 9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action or will provide an equivalent transmittal form. C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect. E. Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review. F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 013300 - 10 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality- assurance and - control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality - assurance and - control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for developing a schedule of required tests and inspections. 2. Divisions 2 through 44 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality- Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality- Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Mockups: Full size physical assemblies that are constructed on -site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified 014000 - 1 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope erected separately from the building but on the project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies and subassemblies. 2. Room Mockups: Mockups of typical interior spaces complete with wall, floor, and ceiling finishes, doors, windows, millwork, casework, specialties, furnishings and equipment, and lighting. D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. E. Source Quality- Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop. F. Field Quality- Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on -site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. H. Installer /Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub - subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade - specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade or trades. Experienced: If not overridden by specific requirements in divisions 2 -44: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five > previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 014000 - 2 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1.5 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. B. Factory- Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory- authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory- authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing 014000 - 3 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. H. Factory- Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect three days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at the Project. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. 6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated. J. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are required in individual specification sections, along with supporting materials. 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Independent quality- control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility. Owner may engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. Contractor shall coordinate and schedule Owner's testing agency. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. 014000 - 4 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect field- assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." C. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality- control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality- control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. F. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality- assurance and - control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. G. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality - control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses. . 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. 1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner may engage a qualified testing agency and/or special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner. 014000 - 5 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality - control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality - control services. END OF SECTION 014000 - 6 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 014200 REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved ": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed ": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated ": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations ": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish ": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install ": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide ": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site ": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. 014200 - 1 REFERENCES B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358 -2960 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241 -7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737 -0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303 -5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation (202) 624 -5800 Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (919) 549 -8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956 -5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367 -1155 www.abma - dc.org ACI American Concrete Institute (248) 848 -3700 www.concrete.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506 -7216 www.concrete- pipe.org 014200 - 2 REFERENCES AEIC AF &PA AGA AGC AHAM AHRI AI AIA AISC AISI AITC ALSC AMCA ANSI AOSA APA APA API 014200 - 3 Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257 -2530 www.aeic.org American Forest & Paper Association www.afandpa.org American Gas Association www.agc.org Associated General Contractors of America (The) www.agc.org Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers www.aham.org Air - Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute www.ahrinet.org Asphalt Institute www.asphaltinstitute.org American Institute of Architects www.aia.org American Institute of Steel Construction www.aisc.org (800) 878-8878 (202) 463-2700 (202) 824-7000 (703) 548 -3118 (202) 872-5955 (703) 524 -8800 (859) 288-4960 (800) 242-3837 (202) 626 -7300 (800) 644 -2400 (312) 670 -2400 American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452 -7100 www.steel.org American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792 -9559 www.aitc - glulam.org American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972 -1700 www.alsc.org Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394 -0150 www.amca.org American National Standards Institute (202) 293 -8020 www.ansi.org Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (405) 780 -7372 www.aosaseed.com Architectural Precast Association (239) 454 -6989 www.archprecast.org APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565 -6600 www.apawood.org American Petroleum Institute (202) 682 -8000 REFERENCES www.api.org ARI Air - Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (Now AHRI) ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207 -0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548 -2723 www.asce.org (703) 295 -6300 ASCE /SEI American Society of Civil Engineers /Structural Engineering Institute (See ASCE) ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air- (800) 527 -4723 Conditioning Engineers www.ashrae.org (404) 636 -8400 ASME ASME International (800) 843 -2763 (American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882 -1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Safety Engineers (847) 699 -2929 www.asse.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835 -3040 www.asse - plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832 -9500 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org ATIS Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions www.atis.org AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry www.awci.org AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCMA) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute www.awinet.org AWPA American Wood Protection Association (Formerly: American Wood Preservers' Association) www.awpa.com AWS AWWA 014200 - 4 American Welding Society www.aws.org American Water Works Association (202) 628 -6380 (703) 534-8300 (571) 323 -3636 (205) 733 -4077 (800) 443-9353 (305) 443-9353 (800) 926-7337 REFERENCES www.awwa.org (303) 794 -7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297 -2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620 -0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI, Inc. (800) 242 -7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979 -1991 BIFMA BIFMA International (616) 285 -3963 (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International) www.bifma.com BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342 -4772 www.cisca.org BWF Badminton World Federation 6 -03 -9283 7155 (Formerly: IBF - International Badminton Federation) www.internationalbadminton.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (610) 527 -3880 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (212) 251 -7200 www.copper.org CEA Canadian Electricity Association (613) 230 -9263 www.canelect.ca CEA Consumer Electronics Association (866) 858 -1555 www.ce.org (703) 907 -7600 CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (216) 241 -7333 www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788 -2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881 -2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222 -2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584 -1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892 -0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596 -2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org 014200 - 5 REFERENCES CRRC CPA CPPA CRI CRSI CSA CSA CSI CSI CSSB CTI DHI ECA EIA EIMA EJCDC EJMA Cool Roof Rating Council www.coolroofs.org Composite Panel Association www.pbmdfcom Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association www.plasticpipe.org Carpet and Rug Institute (The) www.carpet - rug.com Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute www.crsi.org Canadian Standards Association CSA International (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services) www.csa - international.org Cast Stone Institute www.caststone.org Construction Specifications Institute (The) www.csinet.org Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau www.cedarbureau.org Cooling Technology Institute (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute) www.cti.org Door and Hardware Institute www.dhi.org Electronic Components Association www.ec- central.org Electronic Industries Alliance www.eia.org EIFS Industry Members Association www.eima.com Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee www.ejdc.org Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. www.ejma.org (866) 465-2523 (510) 485 -7175 (703) 724-1128 (800) 510-2772 (202) 462 -9607 (706) 278-3176 (847) 517-1200 (800) 463-6727 (416) 747-4000 (866) 797-4272 (416) 747-4000 (717) 272-3744 (800) 689-2900 (703) 684-0300 (604) 820-7700 (281) 583-4087 (703) 222-2010 (703) 907-8024 (703) 907-7500 (800) 294-3462 (770) 968-7945 (703) 295 -5000 (914) 332 -0040 014200 - 6 REFERENCES ESD ESD Association (Electrostatic Discharge Association) www.esda.org ETL SEMCO Intertek ETL SEMCO (Formerly: ITS - Intertek Testing Service NA) www.intertek - etlsemko.com FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball (The International Basketball Federation) www.fiba.com FIVB Federation Internationale de Volleyball (The International Volleyball Federation) www.fivb.org FM Approvals FM Approvals LLC www.fmglobal.com FM Global FM Global (Formerly: FMG - FM Global) www.fmglobal.com FRSA FSA FSC GA GANA GRI GS GSI HI HI Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc. www.floridaroof.com Fluid Sealing Association www.fluidsealing.com Forest Stewardship Council www.fsc.org Gypsum Association www.gypsum.org Glass Association of North America www.glasswebsite.com (Part of GSI) Green Seal www.greenseal.org Geosynthetic Institute www.geosynthetic- institute.org Hydraulic Institute www.pumps.org Hydronics Institute www.gamanet.org (315) 339-6937 (800) 967-5352 41 22 545 00 00 41 21 345 35 35 (781) 762-4300 (401) 275-3000 (407) 671 -3772 (610) 971 -4850 49 228 367 66 0 (202) 289 -5440 (785) 271-0208 (202) 872-6400 (610) 522-8440 (973) 267-9700 (908) 464-8200 014200 - 7 REFERENCES HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435 -2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838 -6550 www.hpwhite.com IAS International Approval Services (Now CSA International) IBF International Badminton Federation (Now BWF) ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830 -0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827 -0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419 -7900 www.ieee.org IES Illuminating Engineering Society (212) 248 -5000 www.ies.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (Now IES) IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 981 -0100 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646 -2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233 -1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275 -4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293 -8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464 -7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567 -8150 014200 - 8 REFERENCES ITS Intertek Testing Service NA (Now ETL SEMCO) ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264 -1690 www.kcma.org LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488 -6864 www.lightning.org MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241 -7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (888) 480 -9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc. (312) 644 -6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MH Material Handling (Now MHIA) MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345 -1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676 -1190 MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250 -9222 www.marble - institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674 -8937 www.paintinfo.com (604) 298 -7578 MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings (703) 281 -6613 Industry Inc. www.mss - hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (630) 942 -6591 www.naamm.org NACE NACE International (800) 797 -6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228 -6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737 -2926 www.nadca.com NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport (800) 213 -7193, ext. 453 www.aahperd.org /nagws/ (703) 476 -3400 NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684 -0084 014200 - 9 REFERENCES www.naima.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557 -2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917 -6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713 -1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248 -9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775 -2300 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977 -3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657 -3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829 -6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841 -3200 www.nema.org NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (888) 300 -6382 www.netaworld.org (269) 488 -6382 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972 -6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344 -3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770 -3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589 -1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342 -5642 www.glass.org (703) 442 -4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933 -0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377 -1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524 -2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526 -5016 (Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association) 014200 - 10 REFERENCES www.nofma.com NOMMA National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association (888) 516 -8585 www.nomma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323 -9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299 -9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846 -7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587 -1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673 -6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769 -8010 www.nsf.org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342 -1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525 -8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323 -9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751 -0930 NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association (Now TRI) NWFA National Wood Flooring Association (800) 422 -4556 www.woodfloors.org (636) 519 -9663 NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (Now WDMA) PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786 -0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332 -7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514 -7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589 -8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557 -0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333 -3929 http://pgi-tp.cee.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395 -2522 www.landcarenetwork.org (703) 736 -9666 PTI Post- Tensioning Institute (602) 870 -7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections www.boltcouncil.org RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340 -8580 www.rfci.com 014200 - 11 REFERENCES RIS Redwood Inspection Service (925) 935 -1499 www.redwoodinspection.com SAE SAE International (877) 606 -7323 www.sae.org (724) 776 -4841 SCTE Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (800) 542 -5040 www.scte.org (610) 363 -6888 SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458 -4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899 -0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (877) 294 -5424 www.sefalabs.com (516) 294 -5424 SEI /ASCE Structural Engineering Institute /American Society of Civil Engineers (See ASCE) SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646 -2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (866) 817 -8888 www.siaonline.org (703) 683 -2075 SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626 -1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533 -0991 www.smainfo.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803 -2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761 -1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523 -6154 www.sprayfoam.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (850) 434 -2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647 -7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982 -0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342 -8630 014200 - 12 REFERENCES SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281 -7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281 -2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438 -8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241 -7333 www.steelwindows.com SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472 -7974 www.swrionline.org TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. (864) 646 -8453 www.tileusa.com TIA /EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries (703) 907 -7700 Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939 -9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683 -1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (800) 405 -8873 www.turfgrasssod.org (847) 649 -5555 TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670 -4177 www.tileroofing.org UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854 -3577 www.ul.com (847) 272 -8800 UNI Uni -Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243 -3902 www.uni - bell.org USAV USA Volleyball (888) 786 -5539 www.usavolleyball.org (719) 228 -6800 USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (800) 795 -1747 www.usgbc.org USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc. (800) 938 -7488 www.usitt.org (315) 463 -6463 WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424 -2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244 -4700 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283 -1486 www.wclib.org (503) 639 -0651 014200 - 13 REFERENCES WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association www.wcmanet.org WCSC Window Covering Safety Council www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of California) www.wicnet.org WIC WMMPA WSRCA WWPA Woodwork Institute of California (Now WI) Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association www.wmmpa.com Western States Roofing Contractors Association www.wsrca.com Western Wood Products Association www.wwpa.org (212) 297 -2122 (800) 506-4636 (212) 297 -2109 (800) 223-2301 (847) 299-5200 (916) 372-9943 (800) 550-7889 (530) 661-9591 (800) 725-0333 (650) 570 -5441 (503) 224 -3930 C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up- to- date as of the date of the Contract Documents. DIN Deutsches Institut f?r Normung e.V. 49 30 2601 -0 www.din.de IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472 -4100 www.iapmo.org ICC International Code Council (888) 422 -7233 www.iccsafe.org ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. www.icc - es.org UBC Uniform Building Code (See ICC) (800) 423-6587 (562) 699-0543 D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers (202) 761 -0011 www.usace.army.mil 014200 - 14 REFERENCES CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission www.cpsc.gov DOC Department of Commerce www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense http: / /.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration www.gsa.gov HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration www.osha.gov PBS Public Buildings Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science www.hhs.gov /ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (See USDA) SD State Department www.state.gov (800) 638-2772 (301) 504 -7923 (202) 482-2000 (215) 697-6257 (202) 586 -9220 (202) 272-0167 (866) 835-5322 (888) 225-5322 (888) 463-6332 (800) 488 -3111 (202) 708-1112 (510) 486 -4000 (301) 975 -6478 (800) 321-6742 (202) 693-1999 (202) 690-7694 (202) 720-9540 (202) 647-4000 014200 - 15 REFERENCES TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334 -2934 http: / /gulliver.trb.org USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720 -2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268 -2000 www.usps.com E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from U.S. Access Board www.access - board.gov (800)872- 2253 (202)272- 0080 CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512- 1800 Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512- 1800 www .gpoaccess.gov /cfr /index.html DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards (215) 697- 2664 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http: / /dodssp.daps.dla.mil DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus (See FS) FED -STD Federal Standard (See FS) FS Federal Specification (215) 697- 2664 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http: / /dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil Available from General Services Administration (202) 619- 8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289- 014200 - 16 REFERENCES 7800 www.wbdg.org /ccb FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) MIL (See MILSPEC) MIL -STD (See MILSPEC) MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards (215) 697- 2664 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http: / /dodssp.daps.dla.mil UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872 - 2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272- 0080 www.access - board.gov F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. Latest edition of the "Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construc- tion" prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the American Public Works Association as adopted by the City. All items in the Standard Specifications relating to payment, change orders claims, time and the like are not applicable to this contract PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 014200 - 17 REFERENCES SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Summary" for limitations on work restrictions and utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's other contractors, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Contractor shall pay for temporary portable toilets. C. Temporary Water Service: Coordinate any temporary water with local utility at the contractor's cost. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. D. Temporary Electric Power Service: Coordinate any temporary power with PSE at the contractor's cost. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Moisture- Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage, including delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage, discarding water - damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water damaged Work. 015000 - 1 TEMP. FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in ICBO as adopted by Washington State. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire- resistive sheet, 10 mils (0.25 mm) minimum thickness, with flame- spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84. B. Security Fence: Portable Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2 -inch, 0.148 -inch- thick, galvanized - steel, chain -link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized -steel pipe posts; minimum 2 -3/8 -inch- (60 -mm -) OD line posts and 2 -7/8 -inch- (73 -mm -) OD corner and pull posts, with 1 -5/8 -inch- (42 -mm -) OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete or steel bases for supporting posts. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: If desired, the Contractor may, at his/her expense, furnish and install a field office building at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate staging and storage areas where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 015000 - 2 TEMP. FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. C. Water Service: Install temporary service. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. E. Electric Power Service: Install temporary service. F. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. G. Telephone Service: Ensure telephone service in common -use facilities for use by all construction personnel. 1. Post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Architect's office. e. Engineers' offices. f. Owner's office. g. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. 2. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire - fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas as indicated and as required for operations. 1. Provide dust - control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. C. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads 015000 - 3 TEMP. FACILITIES AND CONTROLS and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations. 1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. 2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing. 4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot -mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot -mix asphalt base - course pavement before installation of final course according to Section 321216 "Asphalt Paving." D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire - fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. E. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas or on -site for construction personnel as directed by the Architect. Do not use surrounding street parking. F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. G. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for public and visitors. 3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." I. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste - collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution." J. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. 015000 - 4 TEMP. FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with City Permit Requirements. D. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil - bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to erosion- and sedimentation - control Drawings or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. 1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones. 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation - control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. A. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations and as indicated on Drawings. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Double lock with Owner's padlock. B. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day. C. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. D. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire- protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion -type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 015000 - 5 TEMP. FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire- prevention and - protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 3.5 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Contractor's Moisture- Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. 3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24 -hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 015000 - 6 TEMP. FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis -of- Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of- design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 016000 - 1 Product Requirements 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis -of- Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long -term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weather -tight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 016000 - 2 Product Requirements 4. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather - protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project - specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16. Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 016000 - 3 Product Requirements 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturer /Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Products: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience may be considered by the Architect under terms of this section. 4. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience may be considered by the Architect under terms of this section. 5. Basis -of- Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample ", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 016000 - 4 Product Requirements SECTION 017300 EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Coordination of Owner - installed products. 6. Progress cleaning. 7. Starting and adjusting. 8. Protection of installed construction. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner - accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. 4. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the asphalt. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in -place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor and professional engineer. 017300 - 1 EXECUTION B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor & professional engineer certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. C. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land- surveying services of the kind indicated. B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load - carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 2. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the site or building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on -site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In -Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in -place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in -place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in -place materials. 017300 - 2 EXECUTION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water - service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility and Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions. Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Division 1 "Project Management and Coordination." 017300 - 3 EXECUTION 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B. General: Engage a Professional land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. . 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners. B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. 017300 - 4 EXECUTION C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF WORK A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with 017300 - 5 EXECUTION integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in -place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. D. Protection: Protect in -place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 011000 "Summary." F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services /systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services /systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. G. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 017300 - 6 EXECUTION H. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.7 COORDINATION OF OWNER- INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel. B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint -use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. 017300 - 7 EXECUTION E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on -site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." and Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements." 3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 017300 - 8 EXECUTION SECTION 017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off -site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Maximize end -of- Project rates for salvage /recycling in contractor directed plan. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials. 017419 - 1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. B. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 017419 - 2 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 2. Comply with Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site. C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use: 1. Any items as noted by Owner. 3.3 RECYCLING WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on -site workers. B. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. 2. Stockpile processed materials on -site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 3.4 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 017419 - 3 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on -site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut -Offs of Lumber and recycle. 3.5 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on -site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Burning: Burning of waste materials is permitted only at designated areas on Owner's property, provided required permits are obtained. Provide full -time monitoring for burning materials until fires are extinguished. D. Disposal: Remove temporary soil waste materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner's property. E. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 017419 - 4 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL SECTION 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 3. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 4. Divisions 2 through 34 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete with request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 4. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 5. Complete startup testing of systems. 6. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 7. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 8. Advise Owner of changeover in heat, water, and other utilities. 9. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 10. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 11. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Attachment G, Item 4 "Compensation" of Public Works Contract for Federal Way Town Square Park 2. Submit copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.5 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy -duty, three -ring, vinyl- covered, loose -leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8- 1 /2 -by -11 -inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic- covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste- removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even - textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. 1. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. n. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter upon inspection. P. q. r. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls." END OF SECTION SECTION 017810 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Product Data. 3. Miscellaneous Record submittals. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Execution" for final property survey. 2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 3. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 4. Divisions 2 through 44 Sections for specific requirements for project record documents of the Work in those Sections. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Submittal: Submit one paper copy set of marked -up record prints. Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. Make revisions and re- submit. B. Reports: Submit written report indicating items incorporated in Project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including modifications, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked -up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 017810 - 1 Project Record Documents 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked -up record prints. a. Give particular attention . to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross - reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. 1. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Utilize personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked -up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red - colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 017810 - 2 Project Record Documents 2.2 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Product Data as paper copy of marked up paper copy of Product Data. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by specification section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as paper copy of marked up miscellaneous record submittals. 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by specification section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and modifications to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 017810 - 3 Project Record Documents SECTION 017820 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Product maintenance manuals. 5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual specification sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to modifications and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in PDF and hard copy. 017820 - 1 Operation and Maintenance Data PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following: 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 2.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Architect. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Agent. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross - reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. 017820 - 2 Operation and Maintenance Data C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross - referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Manuals, Electronic copy: Submit one full manual in PDF format, formatted as indicated in paper copy, below. F. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes. 1. Binders: Heavy -duty, three -ring, vinyl- covered, loose -leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8- 1 /2 -by -11 -inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross - reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple - volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy -paper dividers with plastic- covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross - referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8- 1 /2 -by -11 -inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. 017820 - 3 Operation and Maintenance Data B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 2.4 OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. 017820 - 4 Operation and Maintenance Data C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break -in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color- coding where required for identification. 2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross - reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 017820 - 5 Operation and Maintenance Data 2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross - reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross - referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 017820 - 6 Operation and Maintenance Data PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 1. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." G. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION 017820 - 7 Operation and Maintenance Data SECTION 018200 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. B. Related Sections: 1. Divisions 2 through 34 Sections for specific requirements for demonstration and training for products in those Sections. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Instructor Qualifications: A factory- authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations. B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect. 018200 - 1 Demonstration & Training PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project record documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c.. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break -in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 018200 - 2 Demonstration & Training 1. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Division 1 Section "Operations and Maintenance Data." B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 3.2 INSTRUCTION A. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants upon request. 018200 - 3 Demonstration & Training B. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice. END OF SECTION 018200 - 4 Demonstration & Training SECTION 033000 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in -place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes FOR THE SPRAY PARK PAD, FOOTINGS AND RELATED FOOTINGS, INCLUDING THE COLORED CONCRETE. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 312000 "Earthwork" for excavation and drainage fill under slabs -on- grade. 2. Section 079000 "Caulking and Sealants" 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, other pozzolans, and silica fume; materials subject to compliance with requirements. B. W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in -place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready -mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete Subcontractor. e. Special concrete finish Subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, curing procedures, construction contraction and control joints, and joint - filler strips, forms and form removal limitations, steel 033000 - 1 Cast in place concrete reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, and concrete protection. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. D. Construction/ Control Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. 1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect. E. Samples: For waterstops. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 4. Fiber reinforcement. 5. Waterstops. 6. Curing compounds. 7. Joint - filler strips. 8. Repair materials. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. B. Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants. 033000 - 2 Cast in place concrete 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold- Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. B. Hot - Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 2.2 FORM - FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth - Formed Finished Concrete: Form- facing panels that provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. a. Medium - density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill - release agent treated and edge sealed. b. B -B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. B. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch (19 by 19 mm), minimum. C. Form- Release Agent: Commercially formulated form- release agent that does not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 033000 - 3 Cast in place concrete D. Form Ties: Factory- fabricated, removable or snap -off glass - fiber- reinforced plastic or metal form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch (25 mm) to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, leave holes no larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter in concrete surface. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184/A 184M, fabricated from ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed bars, assembled with clips. C. Plain -Steel Welded -Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from as- drawn steel wire into flat sheets. 2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 , plain -steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded -wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150 /C 150M, Type I, gray. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F or C. B. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. Retain coarse - aggregate size from three options in "Maximum Coarse- Aggregate Size" Subparagraph below; insert gradation requirements if preferred. Aggregate size limits relate to spacing of steel reinforcement, depth of slab, or thickness of concrete member. 1. Maximum Coarse- Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. 033000 - 4 Cast in place concrete D. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water - soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water - Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 2. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017 /C 1017M, Type II. E. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979/C 979M, synthetic mineral -oxide pigments or colored water - reducing admixtures; color stable, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. Fully integrated into mixture. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. F. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.6 FIBER REINFORCEMENT A. Synthetic Micro - Fiber: Monofilament polypropylene micro - fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long. 2.7 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD -C 513, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate comers, intersections, and directional changes. 1. Profile: As indicated. 2. Dimensions: 4 inches by 3/16 inch thick 2.8 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. C. Water: Potable. D. Clear, Solvent -Borne, Membrane - Forming Curing and Sealing Type 1, Class A. or Moisture - Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap - polyethylene sheet. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane - Forming Curing and Sealing Type 1, Class A. Compound: ASTM C 1315, Compound: ASTM C 1315, 2.9 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation- Joint - Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt- saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, nonredispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. 033000 - 5 Cast in place concrete 2.10 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement -based, polymer - modified, self - leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150 /C 150M, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well- graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109 /C 109M. 2.11 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301 (ACI 301 M). B. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water - reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2.12 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Footings: Normal- weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days. 2. Slump Limit: 5 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches (50 to 100 mm) before adding high -range water - reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm). B. Foundation Walls: Normal- weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days. 2. Slump Limit: 5 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high -range water - reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. C. Slabs -on- Grade: Normal- weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. 2. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 540 lb /cu. yd. 3. Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4 -inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 5. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel - finished floors to exceed 3 percent. 033000 - 6 Cast in place concrete 6. Synthetic Micro- Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than a rate of 1.0 lb /cu. yd. 7. Synthetic Macro- Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than a rate of 4.0 lb /cu. yd. 2.13 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.14 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth - formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Construct forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast - concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust- stained steel form- facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. 033000 - 7 Cast in place concrete G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, linkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form- release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303. 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 48 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form- removal operations, and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form- facing material are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form- release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 033000 - 8 Cast in place concrete 3.4 SHORING AND RESHORING INSTALLATION A. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. 1. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete. B. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. 3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded -wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. 3.6 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1 -1/2 inches into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam- girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 033000 - 9 Cast in place concrete C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one - fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond- rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 -inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: After removing formwork, install joint - filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Terminate full -width joint - filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants," are indicated. 2. Install joint - filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one -half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.7 WATERSTOP INSTALLATION A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed. B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water- reducing admixtures to mixture. C. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 033000 - 10 Cast in place concrete 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. D. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open- textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Smooth - Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form- facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed - surface irregularities. 3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Float: Consolidate surface with power- driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power- driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish. C. Trowel: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power -driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155, for a randomly trafficked floor surface: 2. Finish and measure surface, so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10 -ft. long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 114 in. 033000 - 11 Cast in place concrete D. Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel - finished floor surfaces. Obtain Architect's approval in writing of fine broom texture in advance prior to any work on the spray park slab. 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEM INSTALLATION A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in- place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Foundations: 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 2. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3. Cast anchor -bolt insert into bases. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 4. Epoxy with city approved product as indicated on the drawings. 3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold- weather protection and ACI 301 for hot - weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb /sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. 033000 - 12 Cast in place concrete c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. 3. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.13 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joints clean and dry. C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw -cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.14 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. 033000 - 13 Cast in place concrete 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. a. When frequency of testing provides fewer than five compressive - strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31 /C 31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 4. Compressive- Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. 3.16 PROTECTION OF FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Protect liquid floor treatment from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by liquid floor treatments installer. END OF SECTION 033000 - 14 Cast in place concrete SECTION 079200 CAULKING & SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications, including those specified by reference to this Section: 1. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Joints between different materials. b. Perimeter joints between dissimilar materials. c. Control and expansion joints. d. Other joints as necessary or indicated. 2. Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: a. Isolation and contraction joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs. b. Joints between different materials. c. Other joints as required for a complete installation. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water - resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint - sealant product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C. Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory, signed by product manufacturer. 079200 -1 Caulking & Sealants D. SWRI Validation Certificate: For each elastomeric sealant specified to be validated by SWRI's Sealant Validation Program. E. Product Test Reports: Based on comprehensive testing of product formulations performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements. F. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for installation of elastomeric sealants required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint - sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (5 deg C). 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint - sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period below. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. 079200 -2 Caulking & Sealants PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid - applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B. Stain - Test - Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C. Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: 1. Products: a. Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol II. b. Tremco; Dymeric 511. c. Tremco; Vulkem 922. 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 50. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic) and T (traffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates, O. D. Single- Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: 1. Available Products: a. Bostik Findley; Chem -Calk 900. b. Bostik Findley; Chem -Calk 915. c. Bostik Findley; Chem -Calk 916 Textured. d. Bostik Findley; Chem -Calk 2639. e. Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol I -XL. f. Polymeric Systems Inc.; Flexiprene 1000. g. Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI -901. 079200 -3 Caulking & Sealants h. Schnee - Morehead, Inc.; Permathane SM7100. i. Schnee- Morehead, Inc.; Permathane SM7108. j. Schnee - Morehead, Inc.; Permathane SM7110. k. Tremco; DyMonic. 1. Tremco; Vulkem 921. m. Tremco; Vulkem 931. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates, O. 2.4 JOINT - SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin), 0 (open -cell material), B (bicellular material with a surface skin), or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint - sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F (minus 32 deg C). Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and to otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond - Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint - filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self - adhesive tape where applicable. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint - sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint - sealant - substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 079200 -4 Caulking & Sealants PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint - sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint - sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 3. Remove laitance and form- release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, where recommended in writing by joint - sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint - sealant - substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint - sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint- sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. 079200 -5 Caulking & Sealants C. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. D. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. E. Install bond - breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. F. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. G. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint configuration where indicated per Figure 5B in ASTM C 1193. 5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated per Figure 5C in ASTM C 1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. H. Installation of Preformed Tapes: Install according to manufacturer's written instructions. I. Installation of Preformed Silicone - Sealant System: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Apply masking tape to each side of joint, outside of area to be covered by sealant system. 2. Apply silicone sealant to each side of joint to produce a bead of size complying with preformed silicone - sealant system manufacturer's written instructions and covering a bonding area of not less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). Hold edge of sealant bead 1/4 inch (6 mm) inside masking tape. 079200 -6 Caulking & Sealants 3. Within 10 minutes of sealant application, press silicone extrusion into sealant to wet extrusion and substrate. Use a roller to apply consistent pressure and ensure uniform contact between sealant and both extrusion and substrate. 4. Complete installation of sealant system in horizontal joints before installing in vertical joints. Lap vertical joints over horizontal joints. At ends of joints, cut silicone extrusion with a razor knife. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field- Adhesion Testing: Field test joint - sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed elastomeric sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet (300 m) of joint length for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field- Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193, as appropriate for type of joint - sealant application indicated. a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; do this by extending cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 3. Inspect joints for complete fill, for absence of voids, and for joint configuration complying with specified requirements. Record results in a field- adhesion -test log. 4. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer's field- adhesion hand -pull test criteria. b. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. c. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. 5. Record test results in a field- adhesion -test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 6. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B. Evaluation of Field Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 079200 -7 Caulking & Sealants 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 079200 -8 Caulking & Sealants SECTION 220000 SUMMARY OF THE WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Work by Owner. 2. Owner - furnished products. 3. Access to site. 4. Work restrictions. 5. Specification and drawing conventions. 6. Permits 7. Miscellaneous provisions. B. Related Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION 1. As indicated on the drawing cover sheet. 1.4 WORK BY OWNER A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner. Owner to provide and install spray park stone columns and boulders. Contractor to construct footings for stone columns and pour concrete around columns after they have been set. 1.5 OWNER - FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish products listed on the drawing sheets SP002 & SP003 under these schedules: Sprayground Equipment Schedule, Water Feature Schedule, VFD Schedule, and Pump Schedule. 220000 - 1 Summary of the work 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S WORK A. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing, protecting, and installing Owner- furnished products. Contractor is responsible for all materials and labor to install this equipment per the drawings and specifications for a complete and operational spray park.Owner to provide cut sheets and shop drawings for all equipment prior to work commencement. Owner shall provide coordination with the Contractor and the spray park equipment supplier during installation. Owner shall provide and coordinate initial start up of spray park equipment and any routine maintenance on same. B. Contractor shall excavate for holding tank and spray park pad. Contractor shall install and connect holding tank to spray park equipment as shown on drawings. Contractor shall form and pour spray park pad. Contractor is responsible for constructing the footing for the center stone columns and coordinating with the Owner's install of stone columns. Owner will pre bore stone colums for rebar attachment and piping up through. Contractor will supply piping and install water nozzles for the column fountains. C. Contractor is responsible for installing the Owner supplied lighting controller and low voltage lights to the center columns. This includes installing the controller, conduit, wiring, and connectors to make the system fully functional. There is an alternate to install lights at the perimeter of the spray pad. See bid instructions for alternate. 1.7 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS A. The City has applied for and has paid for the following permits, the contractor shall sign for and pick up: 1. Building 2. Electrical 3. Mechanical 4. KC Health Dept. Contractor shall obtain all other permits, including ROW and deferred submittals, as required for completion of the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 220000 - 2 Summary of the work SECTION 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Common work results for Division 22 (plumbing). 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements that apply to the entirety of Division 22 — Plumbing, both interior and exterior to the building, as indicated on the plans and specified herein. B. All specification sections with Division 22 — Plumbing are complementary. All specification sections within Division 22 shall be considered to reference each other. C. Provide all plumbing work as indicated in the drawings and specified herein. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Institute Of Steel Construction (AISC) 1. AISC 325, Steel Construction Manual B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. A13.1 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems C. American Society Of Heating, Refrigerating And Air - Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 1. HVAC Applications Handbook, I -P Edition D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM D 1557m Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- lbf /ft3) (2700 kN -m/m3) E. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 1. A13.1, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems 2. B31.9, Building Services Piping F. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) 1. UPC, Uniform Plumbing Code G. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. NEMA MG 1, Motors and Generators H. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code I. Manufacturers Standardization Society Of The Valve And Fittings Industry (MSS) 1. MSS SP -58, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation 2. MSS SP -69, Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application (ANSI Approved American National Standard) J. Sheet Metal And Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA) 1. SMACNA 1650, Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, 2nd Edition 2. SMACNA 1966, HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, 3rd Edition K. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. Fire Resistance Directory 2. Building Materials Directory L. Washington Administrative Code Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 1 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 1. WSEC -C, Chapter 51 -11C, State Building Code Adoption And Amendment Of The 2012 Edition Of The International Energy Conservation Code, Commercial 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with Division 1 submittal procedures. Additional information is found in paragraph "Detailed Submittal Instructions" below, and in the body of the specification. B. All material used on the project shall be new domestic material free from defects. This Contractor shall submit catalog data and engineering data on all equipment as specified or having approval. Submittals shall be provided in a single loose -leaf binder. Multiple submittals as information becomes available will not be accepted. 1. All equipment, appliances, and fixtures provided shall be Energy -Star compliant unless specifically not available. Provide written certification from the manufacture that said compliance is not possible. 2. Material and equipment specified; may be designated by various manufacturers' catalog numbers. Acceptable alternate manufacturers may also be listed. Such manufacturers are excepted from the prior approval clause of these Specifications, but must submit standard submittal data for final approval as otherwise noted. 3. Submittal shall be arranged in numerical order according to specification section number and item number. Submittal shall be bound in hard cover, loose -leaf binder. 4. For manufacturer's submittal data that includes various sizes or options on a single page, visually indicate which item is submitted, as well as which options are provided, for each item. This indication may be made by pen and ink circles, stamped arrows, or other similar method to make the intent of the submittal clear. C. Pipe hangers and supports. D. Riser diagram for valve tags. E. Contract As -Built Plans F. Operation & Maintenance Manuals (O &M) G. Extended warranties. H. Certification of completion and request for final inspection. I. Certification of warranty. J. Certification of inspection from the governing building authority. K. Certification of training. L. Vibration isolation devices and device location. M. Seismic support calculations and any required certification. 1.5 DETAILED SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Record Drawings: Maintain a set of Contract Plans at the site on which the actual location of piping, ductwork, equipment, etc., as installed, shall be shown in a legible, neat manner. This set of Plans shall show actual dimensions (including depth of bury) of underground piping from construction lines so they can be readily found after covering. 1. Upon completion of the project the as -built information shall be neatly transferred to a clean set Plans. This set of Plans shall be submitted for final approval and acceptance. 2. Upon the completion of the project, provide the set of site plans to the Owner's Representative. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 2 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 3. Transfer plan notes to CAD, indicate the area of change with a bubble around that area. Provide CAD file to Owner's Representative for approval. Employ AutoCAD (by AutoDesk) DWG format, version no older than one year prior to date of bid. B. Operation & Maintenance Manuals (O &M) 1. General: Provide one preliminary bound set of O &M Manuals including maintenance information and parts list furnished by the manufacturer with the equipment, together with supplementary drawings where necessary to itemize serving and maintenance points. Include filter maintenance, methods of operation, seasonal requirements, manufacturer's data and warranty forms. Provide address and 24 -hour phone number of firm responsible under warranty. Data in manuals shall be neat, clean copies and posted on 8'/2" x 11" sheets, typed, O &M instructions for each item of equipment installed. Drawings shall be accordion folded. An index shall be provided with all contents listed in an orderly presentation according to specification section. 2. Number Of Copies: Submit one preliminary O &M Manual for review. After this manual has been reviewed, make any changes to that copy, provide two additional identical copies, and the three manuals shall submitted. 3. Binding: Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Copies shall be 3 -hole punched, and provided in 3 -ring binders. Provide the Name of the Job, Owner, Architect, Engineer, Contractor, and the Year of Completion. The back edge shall be imprinted with the Name of the Job, the Owner and the Year of Completion. Each copy shall have a typewritten index and tabbed dividers between equipment categories. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: A company specializing in manufacturing products specified in Division 22 with a minimum of three years documented experience. B. Electrical Equipment 1. Any piece of equipment used in this project and hereinafter specified which, by its nature, requires electrical hookup, such as fans, pumps, hot water tanks, boosters, air handling equipment, etc., shall be provided with an approved label from either Underwriters Laboratories (UL), the American Gas Association (AGA) or the Canadian Standards Association (CSA). 2. Approval of agency must be for the total package (approval of individual components not acceptable) and all labels must be located outside of equipment and shall be visible to inspector. 3. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to meet the Agency Approval requirements of this section. Any allowance for agency costs to provide appropriate label for a piece of equipment must be included in this Bid and Contract. Failure by the Contractor or supplier to obtain labels associated with agency approval prior to bid shall be sufficient cause for the Contractor to obtain all such labels and approvals at no additional cost to Owner. C. Performance Certification: All equipment performance (water flow, heating capacity, etc.) shall be certified by a recognized national agency such as the Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI), Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA) and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. B. Lift only with lugs provided. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosure and finish. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 3 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING C. Protect products from weather and moisture. Provide coverings of plastic or canvas. Cover openings into pipe and duct. Isolate components from contact with the soil. Provide a means of heating for those components that may become damaged by high or low temperatures. D. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors and other electrical equipment from enclosures not designed for outdoor use and store separately. 1.8 DEFINITIONS A. The term "approved equal" means final approval by the Owner's Representative of a material or piece of equipment substituted for that which is shown in the Specifications or Plans. B. The term "provide" means the furnishing and installing of equipment (including connections and appurtenances) complete and ready for use. C. The term "Mechanical Contractor (MC)" and "Electrical Contractor (EC)" as used in these Specifications or on the Contract Drawings, refer to those subcontractors working under the direction of the General Contractor (GC). 1.9 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS A. Intent of Drawings 1. The drawings are intended to depict the general scope of arrangement. The drawings are diagrammatic and do not show the exact details and locations, nor all offsets in ductwork and piping. Provide additional fittings, offsets and extensions in piping, ductwork and related mechanical insulation to provide full systems functionality and to assure access for equipment maintenance and as detailed elsewhere in the contract. Relocate or shift piping and ductwork where conflict exists with other mechanical systems, Structure, Architecture or Electrical. Report conflicts before proceeding with work. Provide reasonable planning and layout in advance of installation in order to avoid conflicts and delays. The Contractor will be directed to adjust systems due to conflicts that could have been reasonably foreseen at the Contractor's own expense. 2. Examine the Architectural, Civil, Structural and Electrical Drawings before work is started, consult with each of the other Contractors regarding locations and spaces required for the work and lay out work to avoid interference. Failure to provide reasonable coordination shall result in the Contractor, at his own expense, moving his work to provide the necessary space for the other Contractors. B. Permits and Fees: Obtain and pay for all permits and construction fees. Furnish Final Certificate to Owner showing compliance with code requirements. C. Scheduling: Comply with requirements of Division 1. D. As- Specified Equipment: These specifications and drawings; generally list only one make and model number for each item of equipment or material required for the project. This is not intended to be restrictive but is intended to indicate the standard of quality, design and features required. In addition the listed product is the basis of the design regarding physical size, capacity, electrical power requirements and performance. The product so identified is designated "as specified." E. Prior Approvals: 1. Specifications have been written around equipment and materials selected for this project based on quality, size, capacity, and performance required to meet building design criteria. All equipment and materials used in this project that have been specified around a specific product or products shall have prior approval for product substitutions. 2. Request for Approval must be submitted in accordance to Division 1 requirements, including allowable review time and type of form. If no form is specified, use the form published by the Construction Specifications Institute. Submittal information shall be Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 4 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING accompanied with full data information regarding items to be substituted. If supplier wants reply to request for approval, please send self - addressed, stamped envelope with request. Prior approval requests communicated via a facsimile machine (Fax) or e-mail will not be accepted. a. If supplier wants reply to request for approval, please send self - addressed, stamped envelope with request. Prior approval requests communicated via a facsimile machine (Fax) or e-mail will not be accepted. b. All prior approvals will be identified by listing in project bidding addenda only. 3. Supplier and /or Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that substituted material or equipment is of same size, quality, capacity, weight and electrical characteristics as that specified or shown on the drawings. Any changes and cost increases required during construction due to substituted equipment; shall be paid by the Contractor /Supplier. Prior approval to bid does not mean final approval of material or equipment. Final approval will be given after final submitted data has been presented, complete with full information regarding weights, capacities, size, electrical requirements and quality. Prior approval review F. Contractor's Cost Breakdown: Submit a cost breakdown (schedule of values) of the major portions of the work. Provide this submittal along with the equipment submittals. Organize the costs generally by specification section. If one Section (Copper Pipe, for example) applies to both plumbing and hydronics, apportion the appropriate amount to each area of work. 1.10 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. Provide the following documents prior to final acceptance of the project. Final payment of the Contract will be contingent upon receiving these documents: 1. Record (As- Built) Drawings. 2. Maintenance and Operating Instructions (3 sets). 3. Extended Warranties (other than the one - year). B. Certifications 1. Provide written certification; that work has been fully completed in accordance with plans and specifications and requesting final inspection. 2. Provide written certification that Contractor will replace materials and workmanship that prove defective for one -year after date of acceptance. 3. Provide written certification of inspection from the governing building authority, stating that all work has been inspected, accepted, and approved as complying with existing governing ordinances and codes. 4. Provide written certification that Owner or appointed representative has been fully instructed in the operation and function of all mechanical systems. 1.11 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. 1.12 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A. A Request For Information (RFI) is a formal way to ask questions, document answers and generally expedite project progress. Information requests may be submitted on any form the Contractor finds convenient, but should include the project name, a complete description of the item requested, reference drawing numbers (with location on the drawing indicated) or specification section references of where to find the item in question, and a suggested solution. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 5 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING B. The Contractor shall number each of the RFI' s. This numbering system; shall be sequential, and shall generally be that established by the General Contractor, unless approved otherwise. C. Information requests submitted with a suggested solution will be processed more rapidly than those without. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. See technical specifications for detailed product specifications. 2.2 DAMAGED OR REJECTED MATERIALS A. Damaged or rejected materials shall be removed from the site immediately upon discovery. 2.3 FIRE INTEGRITY A. All mechanical system penetrations of fire rated assemblies shall be protected in accordance with the building code in force in the Authority Having Jurisdiction for this project. This includes piping, supports, conduit, and any other system and appurtenance provided by Division 22. In addition, all through - penetration sealing methodologies shall be listed in the Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) Fire Resistance Directory, issue current at time of bid. 2.4 MOTORS A. Motors shall comply with the current edition of the Washington State Energy Code. Service factor for poly -phase motors shall be 1.15. Service factor for single phase motors shall be 1.35. B. In addition to the requirements in Paragraph "A" above, motors for variable frequency drives shall be of premium efficiency and are suitable for VFD operation ( "Inverter Ready ") in accordance with NEMA MG -1, Part 31.4.4.2. Additionally, motors shall be acceptable to the manufacturer of the drive for inverter use. "Inverter Duty" motors are not necessarily required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION A. Provide all work in accordance with ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping, the UPC, State and local Health Codes, and the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3.2 LAYING OUT WORK A. Locate all general reference points as established by the General Contractor and take such action as is necessary to prevent their destruction; lay out work and be responsible for all lines, elevations, grading for utilities and other work required under the Contract. Exercise proper precaution to verify figures shown on drawings before laying out work and be responsible for any error resulting from failure to exercise such precaution. Coordinate the utility installation with the final site grading and elevations. Locate existing utility lines that will be affected by the building location before any footing work begins. Report conflicts with the Plans before proceeding with the work. Failure to follow reasonable precautions with regards to this instruction will require Contractor to alter the work at the Contractor's expense. 3.3 ELECTRICAL WORK A. All electrical work performed under this Section of the Specifications shall conform to all applicable portions of the Electrical Section of the Specifications, and shall conform to the NEC (NFPA 70) and all applicable codes. B. All electrical work performed under this Section of the Specifications shall require a permit. Contractor shall obtain & pay for all required permits & fees. C. All electrical work performed under this Section of the Specifications shall be performed by a electrician licensed in the jurisdiction where the work is performed. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 6 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 3.4 WORKMANSHIP A. Furnish and install all equipment in a neat and finished appearance. If any portion of the work has not been installed in a workmanlike manner, or has been left in a rough, unfinished manner, the Contractor shall remove the equipment, reinstall and patch and paint surrounding surfaces without any increase in cost. 3.5 EXCAVATION - GENERAL A. Provide all necessary excavation, shoring and backfilling required for the proper installation mechanical systems. Slope sides of excavation to comply with local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Sewer trenches shall be excavated to the grade with the bottom rounded to the outside of sewer pipes. Bell holes shall be hand excavated to ensure the pipes resting for their entire length upon the bottom of the trench. B. Excess excavation shall be backfilled with gravel or sand and mechanically compacted to give full support to the pipe. In case of sewer lines in rock excavation, the excavation shall be made at least 4" deeper than required and backfilled with sand to outside invert grades to provide cushion. No underground lines; shall be covered until the installation has been approved by both project personnel and the Local Inspector Having Jurisdiction. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling. All backfill shall be thoroughly compacted. C. No cinders shall be used for backfilling where steel, iron or copper pipe is used. Secure approval to excavate for all trenches near or under footings and for backfilling of such trenches. D. All soil foundation areas which will in any manner support any load bearing building components shall be compacted, by the use of mechanical tampers, to at least 95 % of the maximum density of the soil foundations as determined by the compaction control test in accordance with the "Method of Test for Moisture Density Relations of Soils, ASTM D1557." The moisture control at the time of compaction shall be uniform throughout the area and shall not vary more than 5 % above or below the optimum moisture content as determined by the above described "Compaction Control Test." Place fill in 8" loose layers, each layer compacted. 3.6 EXCAVATION DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. B. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. C. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rainwater and water removed from excavations to collection or run off areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 3.7 EXCESS EXCAVATION MATERIAL A. Legally dispose of dirt and debris from excavation at an off -site location. 3.8 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Lay pipe in straight lines with uniform slope, leaving no pockets. Care shall be taken to keep all foreign materials out of the pipes during installation. Where ground water is present, provide suction pumps to keep trenches free of water, and cap end of piping exposed to ground water when work is interrupted. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 7 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING B. All underground piping used for the distribution of domestic water or HVAC systems and waste drainage systems, which are located outside the building perimeter, shall be buried a minimum of 24" from finish grade to top of pipe. C. All piping and ductwork run above the floor shall not be located over electrical panels or switchboards except where located above the structural ceiling. This piping shall include, but not be limited to, waste and vent, domestic water, heating water and fire sprinkler lines. D. Isolation valves shall be provided on inlets and outlets of all major pieces of equipment to facilitate serving and removal of such equipment without the necessity of draining the associated system. E. Provide detectable metallic underground tape for all buried piping. Install between 6 " -12" above piping. Color scheme and text shall be appropriate to the associated system, and can be the manufacturer's standard color and description. 3.9 OPENINGS IN PIPES AND DUCTS A. Keep closed during the work. 3.10 PIPE SLEEVES AND SEALANTS A. General: Provide pipe sleeves or sealants for piping passing through foundations, walls, floors, partitions, and roof to allow piping to pass freely through. B. Foundation Walls: Where piping passes through foundation walls below finished grade, but does not enter the building spaces, no sleeve is required. A simple core drill will be sufficient. C. Building Walls Below Grade: Core drill and install "Link Seal" or equivalent for moisture resistance. D. Floor Slabs On Grade: Standard weight (Schedule 40) galvanized steel pipe. Extend the sleeve 1" above the floor. Provide "Link Seal" or equivalent for moisture resistance. Fill the space above the "Link Seal " with foam or other product to prevent debris build -up in the annular space. E. Building Walls Above Grade 1. Non - Masonry Construction a. Fire Rated Assembly: Provide a metallic tube pipe - sleeve, and maintain the fire rating around the exterior of the sleeve. Fire -stop in the annular space between the sleeve and pipe. For non - metallic pipe, provide an intumescent fire stop system installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Non -Fire Rated Assembly: No sleeve is required. If the interior wall contains insulation, insure that the pipe is sealed to the wall on either side. Also insure that the pipe cannot move with respect to the wall so that the sealing system will not become damaged. 2. Masonry Construction a. Fire Rated Assembly: Core - drill and seal with a fire -stop material. For non - metallic pipe, provide an intumescent fire -stop system installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. A galvanized Schedule 40 pipe sleeve is acceptable in lieu of a core drill opening. b. Non -Fire Rated Assembly: Core drill and seal with an expanding foam. A galvanized Schedule 40 pipe sleeve is acceptable in lieu of a core drill opening. F. Floors Above Grade 1. Non -Masonry Construction a. Fire Rated Assembly: Thread a flange onto a galvanized Schedule 40 steel pipe sleeve. Make a hole in the floor to the outside diameter of the pipe (snug as possible) Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 8 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING and install the sleeve into the hole. Seal the flange to the floor with mastic, silicon, or other waterproof sealant. Install a through penetration fire stop compound between the sleeve and the pipe. For non - metallic pipe, provide an intumescent fire stop system installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Rest the riser clamp on top of the sleeve /flange assembly. b. Non -Fire Rated Assembly: Make a hole in the floor just larger than the pipe and install the pipe. Provide a galvanized sheetmetal flashing around the pipe; install the riser clamp over the sheetmetal flashing. Insure that the galvanized sheetmetal flashing is galvanically isolated from non - ferrous piping, and no possibility for floor to floor water flow exists through the pipe opening. Also insure that standing water will not collect on top of the galvanized flashing material. The flanged sleeve specified above is also acceptable, provided the annular space is filled with expanding foam. 2. Masonry Construction a. Fire Rated Assembly: Same as for the fire rated non -masonry floor above, except that galvanized Schedule 40 steel sleeves may be installed at the time of concrete placement in lieu of the sleeve /flange assembly installed after concrete placement. If a steel sleeve is used, extend 1" above finished floor and rest the riser clamp at the top of the sleeve. b. Non -Fire Rated Assembly: Same as for the non -fire rated non - masonry floor above. Cast in place sleeves and the specified flanged sleeve are also acceptable, provided the annular space is filled with expanding foam. 3. Open Assembly Option: For open assemblies, such as open stairways, no floor sealants or flashing are required. Gain written approval from the Owner's Representative for each circumstance before omitting sealing materials. 3.11 WALL AND FLOOR PLATES AND ESCUTCHEONS A. Where pipes pass through finished walls, floors or ceilings, provide chromium plates, with suitable set screws or other approved holding devices. Where extended sleeves are necessary, the plates shall be of sufficient depth to cover the sleeves. 3.12 INSERTS A. Inserts in concrete for the suspension of piping and equipment; shall be provided by this Contractor unless otherwise noted on the Plans. Inserts in "poured in place" concrete shall be Grinnell, Kinsdorf, Elcen, or approved equal. Provide as necessary for support of systems installed. 3.13 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide an adequate pipe suspension system in accordance with recognized engineering practices, using, where possible, standard, commercially accepted pipe hangers and accessories. Use a safety factor of five unless otherwise approved in writing. B. All pipe hangers and supports shall conform to the latest requirements of the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping, B31.9, and Manufacturers Standardization Society Documents MSS SP -58 and MSS- SP -69. Seismic restraints shall be in accordance with the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA) Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems. Use Seismic Hazard Level -A unless otherwise indicated. C. Where thermal movement in the pipe will occur, the pipe hanger assembly must be capable of support in all operating conditions. Accurate weight balance calculations shall be made to determine the supporting force at each hanger location in order to prevent excessive stress in either pipe or equipment connection. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 9 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING D. Concrete Inserts: Where piping is supported from the concrete structure, inserts shall be provided for rod sizes up to 3/4 ". Where support rod sizes exceed 3/4" diameter or where pipe load exceeds the recommended load for the inserts, use two inserts with a trapeze type connecting member below the concrete. E. Riser Clamps (Vertical Piping): Pipe shall be supported at each floor with a riser clamp or at sufficient intervals to carry the weight and its contents. See the specification for hanger spacing in this section. Stacks shall be supported at their base by a concrete pier or by a suitable hanger located on the horizontal run, close to the riser. Riser clamp extensions shall rest on the building structure where possible; auxiliary steel supports shall be provided where it is impractical to rest directly on the building structure. F. Hangers shall be subject to tensile loading only. Where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, provide a suitable linkage in hanger rod to permit swing. G. All rods shall be electro plated to prevent corrosion. All support materials shall be hot dip galvanized if located outdoors, in moist areas or in corrosive environments. H. Hanger Spacing: Special instructions for pipe support intervals shall be as detailed on the drawings. General pipe support interval instructions shall be as specified below. For any missing pipe systems, support intervals shall be per the Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry (MSS) Standard SP -69, "Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application" and the current mechanical code in force in the jurisdiction of the work. Where concentrated loads of valves, fittings, etc., occur, closer spacing will be necessary and shall be based on the weight supported and the recommended loads for the hanger components. 1. Cast iron (hubless) with shielded coupling joints a. Horizontal: Every other joint unless over 4', then support each joint. 1) Where 10' pipe sections are used, 10' horizontal spacing, support within 18" of each joint and at each horizontal branch connection. Brace at every 40' (maximum). 2) Hangers shall not be placed on the coupling. b. Vertical: Base and each floor, 15' maximum. 2. Copper tube & pipe with soldered or brazed joints a. 1-1/2" and smaller: 1) Horizontal: 6' 2) Vertical: Each floor, 10' maximum. b. 2" and larger: 1) Horizontal: 10' 2) Vertical: Each floor, 10' maximum. 3. Schedule 40 PVC & ABS DWV piping with solvent cemented joints a. Horizontal: 4' 1) Allow for expansion every 30'. b. Vertical: Base and each floor. 1) Provide mid -story guides. 2) Allow for expansion every 30'. 4. CPVC piping with solvent cemented joints a. 1" and smaller: 1) Horizontal: 3' 2) Vertical: Base and each floor. (a) Provide mid -story guides. b. 1-1/4" and larger: Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 10 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 1) Horizontal: 4' 2) Vertical: Base and each floor. (a) Provide mid -story guides. 5. Copper piping with mechanical joints a. 1" and smaller: 1) Horizontal: 6' 2) Vertical: 10' b. 1 -1/4" to 2 -1/2 ": 1) Horizontal: 10' 2) Vertical: 10' c. 3" and larger: 1) Horizontal: 10' 2) Vertical: 10' I. Hangers (Horizontal Piping): 1. General: All hangers shall be provided with means of vertical adjustment. Hanger components shall be in accordance with the Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry (MSS) Standard SP -58, "Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture ". 2. Pipe hangers and supports that are in direct contact with piping shall be of materials that are compatible with the piping and do not support galvanic action. 3. Pipe hangers and supports that are in direct contact with plastic or other malleable piping shall be constructed of materials that do not damage the surface of the piping. 4. Shields shall be placed by Mechanical Contractor on the outside of the insulation and shall be sized to prevent crushing of the high density insert at each hanger location. Do not damage the vapor barrier. 5. Roller Hangers: Provide roller hangers for all applications where thermal movement causes hanger rods to deviate more than 4" from vertical or longitudinal movement exceeds 1/2 ". Provide roller hangers used in conjunction with protection saddles to suit the insulation thickness. 6. Vibration Control: Provide a vibration control hanger for all piping within a mechanical room and at the first three hanger locations from any motor operated equipment. Hanger shall consist of steel frame and spring with neoprene washers. 7. Anchors, Guides, And Sliding Supports: Shall be provided as necessary to prevent excessive stress in either piping or equipment. 8. Auxiliary Steel: All auxiliary steel necessary for the installation of the pipe hangers and supports shall be designed in accordance with the AISC Steel Handbook, and furnished by the Contractor. All auxiliary steel shall receive one shop coat of primer paint. 9. Submittals: Submittals on pipe supports will not be required if the Contractor employs items as specified in MSS SP -58, or standard "strut" based products. Submit specifics on all other support types and methodologies. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: 1. Prior to cutting, saw cutting, or core drilling any concrete, Contractor shall locate any reinforcing steel (rebar), post tension cables, and the like located in the concrete where the cutting is to be performed. Obtain specific approval prior to cutting any concrete reinforcement. Approval must be obtained for each specific instance of cutting reinforcement. 2. Unless directed otherwise by Structural Documents, maintain the following minimum clearances from any concrete reinforcement: Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 11 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING a. Reinforcing steel: 2" b. Post- tension cables: 6" B. New Work: Furnish dimensions and locations of openings to other Contractors doing the work. Provide ample time to avoid delays and unnecessary labor. The expense for cutting and patching made necessary to admit work, repair defective material or workmanship, or by neglect to anticipate proper requirements shall be borne by this Contractor. C. Existing Structure: 1. All necessary cutting and patching of existing structures necessary for the installation of mechanical work shall be as part of this Contract. Unless cutting and patching locations are specifically shown on the drawings, obtain approval prior to proceeding. 2. All surfaces must be patched upon completion of work. Final finish of all patched surfaces (walls, ceilings, floors etc.) shall be done per finish schedules normally shown on the Architectural Drawings, or patched to match the adjacent surface if the finish schedule is not available. 3.15 ACCESSIBILITY A. Locate valves, traps, damper operators, access doors, etc., with easy accessibility, either accessible in mechanical spaces or through access panels specified hereinafter. The Contractor shall insure that all maintainable items are easily accessible. New work items not reasonably accessible shall be modified, relocated or otherwise changed for adequate accessibility. 3.16 COORDINATION WITH CONTROLS INSTALLATION A. Review the controls section of Division 23 and the drawings. Provide installation of any components normally done by mechanical trades (installation of pipe wells, fittings, etc.) that are provided in the Control Specification Section specific to systems in Division 22. 3.17 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION ACCESS A. Provide access panels for all wall cleanouts on drainage piping and concealed valves for all piping. The locations of such panels shall be carefully selected on the job so as not to be located behind cabinets, lights, etc. Coordinate with the work of other Contractors before installing panels. Panels shall be J.R. Smith, or equal, prime coated and painted to match surrounding surface, size appropriate for the service intended. Install before surrounding surfaces have been painted. Doors shall have cylinder lock latch, all keyed alike. Provide UL labeled fire rated access doors for one or two -hour rated walls and ceilings. Provide access doors in ceiling or wall adjacent to all fire damper locations. In areas such as toilet rooms, janitor rooms, etc., access panels may be J.R. Smith, or equal, and may be painted. In finished areas as on ceilings, all access panels shall have the same type of finished surface as that of the surrounding area. Verify with Owner's Representative the location and finish of all such panels. B. Provide suitable access to all mechanical equipment requiring servicing, maintenance, replacement, or repair. In concealed spaces where access has not been provided by means of doors, hatchways, walkways or other means, provide wall or ceiling access doors of a type suitable to the service intended, sized to provide easy access to all equipment. Location of such doors shall be coordinated with the work of the other trades to avoid conflicts. Access door locations; shall be approved by the Owner's Representative prior to installation. C. In addition to building access openings, provide access panels on ducts where required to service fire dampers, damper operators, and other associated equipment. Duct access openings shall be constructed in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible. All access doors to mechanically furnished panels, control boxes and filter compartments; shall be provided with fully hinged, easily opened access doors. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 12 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 3.18 PAINTING, TAGS, ETC. A. Identification Tags: Provide identification tags for each valve throughout the building. Tags shall be black phenolic plastic with white engraved inscription attached with chrome chain. Stamped metal (brass) valve tags are also acceptable. Prior to providing valve tags, mark up a copy of the riser diagram with the proposed valve tag identification scheme, and submit for approval. Include all installed valves, whether shown on the flow diagram or not. 3.19 LABELS & STENCILS: A. New piping throughout the building shall be identified with adhesive backed labels. Labels shall be yellow background with black lettering, W.H. Brady Co. Seton, or approved equal, meeting or exceeding ANSI A13.1 (current edition). Pipe markers shall consist of an arrow in direction of flow, color, and wording as indicated in the Schedule following. Labels shall be visibly located and spaced on max. 20' 0" centers for long straight pipe runs. B. Each major item of Mechanical Equipment shall be provided with the name of the item, i.e., Exhaust Fan No. 2, Hot Water Heater No. 1, in labels of black phenolic plastic with white engraved inscription. The manufacturer's identification is acceptable, provided it is stamped or engraved into the nameplate. Printed or painted labels located on the exterior equipment shall be reproduced and located in the equipment interior, preferably to the electrical /control panel. C. Color Code Schedule: SERVICE 1. Domestic Cold Water 2. Water Feature Supply 3. Water Feature Return 4. Bypass Return 5. All unwrapped piping, Iron supports & valve bodies 6. Domestic Hot Water Tanks 7. Equipment COLOR STENCIL Green CW Black WFS Black WFR Black BPR Black White (Mfr.'s finish acceptable) As directed by Owner's Representative Mfgr's finish is generally acceptable 3.20 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. General: Provide vibration isolation per the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Applications Manual, Chapter "Noise and Vibration Control ". Vibration isolation shall be provided for both isolation from the building structure (devices such as spring hangers, rubber in shear isolators, etc.) and isolation from the mechanical system (devices such as pipe and duct flexible connections). This ASHRAE reference details specifically the method, type of device, and device selection required. Refer to Table 47, "Selection Guide for Vibration Isolation ". Equipment that has internal isolation for all internal rotating equipment need not be provided with external vibration isolation. Generally, pumps less than five horsepower will not require vibration isolation from structure. B. C. D. Piping shall be isolated from the structure in accordance with the ASHRAE Applications Manual requirements cited above. E. Vibration isolation may be combined with the seismic support system, if certified by the isolation equipment manufacturer. F. Provide vibration isolation in accordance with these Specifications. Specific vibration isolation requirements may be shown on the drawings or specified in other sections. Such specific requirements supercede the general requirements in this paragraph. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 13 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 3.21 SEISMIC SUPPORT A. Piping: Support piping and ductwork per the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA) Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems. Use Seismic Hazard Level -A unless otherwise indicated. B. Equipment: Provide lateral bracing in accordance with the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Seismic restraints shall be either factory fabricated for that purpose and selected based on local seismic design criteria, or engineered to local seismic design criteria. Provide all engineering calculation and certification required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3.22 FIRE INTEGRITY A. Maintain the fire rating of all assemblies (wall, ceiling, floor, etc) penetrated by mechanical systems. Provide approved firestopping materials as previously specified, and install in accordance with the conditions of the material UL listing. 3.23 PRESSURE TESTS AND IN- SERVICE TEST A. All work under this Contract shall be thoroughly and systematically tested, both during construction and after completion. Pipe testing shall be either as specified in the appropriate specification section, or as specified in the applicable plumbing or mechanical code. Tests shall be maintained until approved. B. Notifications shall be sent to the following parties 48 hours in advance of all tests: 1. Owner's Representative. 2. Owner. 3. Authority Having Jurisdiction over the specific work to be inspected. a. Notifications to AHJ shall be provided in accordance with requirements of each specific AHJ, including amount of advance notice allowed. C. No systems, whether prescribed for testing or not, shall be covered or concealed below ground, in walls, in ceiling spaces, or generally from ease of viewing without first notifying all of the above - listed parties for inspection. Failure to provide such notification of concealed systems shall be cause to require this Contractor to uncover and re -cover such systems at no additional cost. D. A log of all tests shall be kept. The log shall note date, time of day test started, system or portion of system tested, length of test and test results. E. The Contractor shall test the completed installation as in regular service. The systems provided under this Contract shall be operated in normal service for a period of at least a week prior to requesting substantial completion inspection, and any resulting defects repaired. F. The Contractor; shall guarantee the entire system and all parts thereof for a period of one -year from the date of final acceptance, and shall repair or replace any part which may show signs of failure in that time if such failure is due to imperfections in material or to improper workmanship. 3.24 STARTUP, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING A. Equipment startup; shall be performed by qualified personnel. The technical specification sections will detail other special requirements, if any. Provide a statement of the startup technician's qualifications if requested by the Owner's Representative or elsewhere specified. B. Balancing, if required under this contract, will be specified in the "Tests and Adjustments" Specification Section in Division 23, or will be detailed on the drawings. Provide any necessary impeller trimming or other modifications to mechanical equipment required for specified Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 14 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING performance. The Contractor will not be required to provide new impeller(s) without cost reimbursement unless specifically specified elsewhere in Division 22 or Division 23. C. The systems in this Contract; are classified as "simple" by the Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code. Provide startup and commissioning actions as required by the version of that code in force at the time of bid, and per manufacturer's written startup instructions. Provide written verification that all manufacturer's recommended actions have been accomplished. 3.25 CLEANING UP A. Comply with requirements of General Specifications (Division 1, General Conditions, Etc.). B. Pipes shall be maintained as clean as possible during construction, and shall be blown clean before the building field painting operations are started. Piping shall shall be thoroughly cleaned before systems are operational. Strainers shall be cleaned prior to turning the system(s) over to the owner. C. All equipment and material installed by this Contractor shall be properly protected from damage during the course of construction. Enamelware or china fixtures around which plaster is installed or paint is applied shall be covered with heavy wrapping paper thoroughly secured. Fixtures and equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned before final inspection. Remove all labels from plumbing fixtures. D. In attic or other spaces where piping such as domestic water, condensate drains, heating lines, refrigeration lines, etc., have been installed at floor level and interfere with foot traffic, the Mechanical Contractor shall provide covers to protect these pipes. Wood or other such material is acceptable. 3.26 SPECIAL PROTECTION A. Exercise maximum precaution to provide positive protection for the building and equipment from damage of any kind, and in particular, prevent water and dust seepage into new equipment. B. Any damage to the building, systems, or property, caused by the Contractor shall result in the Contractor repairing or replacing the damaged item(s) at no additional cost to the Owner. This provision shall include any preventable damage caused by lack of due diligence in planning and investigation, and shall not be applied to field conditions which could not reasonably be ascertained prior to the activity causing damage. 3.27 CAULKING A. Caulk all openings and flash around all piping, equipment, and ducts passing through roof, floor, and walls. See also Paragraph Fire Integrity for rated wall, ceiling, roof, or floor penetrations. B. All caulking shall be waterproof, zero -VOC, zero mold growth, and water based type. C. Refer to paragraph "Fire Integrity" for all rated wall, ceiling, roof, floor, and other penetrations. 3.28 FINAL INSPECTION A. This Contractor shall thoroughly review and inspect the project to determine when final inspection is required, and shall provide notification. It shall be understood that the work shall be essentially complete, and the open items list provided at that time. The warranty period will not start until the punchlist and back -check are complete. Additional inspections required because of lack of diligence by the Contractor will be conducted on a schedule convenient to the inspectors. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 15 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 3.29 INSTRUCTION PERIODS A. Scope: Following installation of mechanical work, have representatives of installation tradesmen conduct demonstrations and instruction periods to point out locations of servicing points and required points of maintenance to Owner's staff. B. General Description Of Instruction Period: Each period shall include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from maintenance manuals with appropriate references to drawings; followed by tours of building areas explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, and equipment cleaning procedures, temperature control settings and available adjustments. C. Scheduling Of Instruction Period: Notice of Contractor's readiness to conduct such instruction and demonstration shall be given at least two -weeks prior to the instruction period, and agreement finalized as to the date at which the instruction period is to be performed. Notify two -weeks prior to date when ready to conduct instruction and demonstrations; receive approvals of proposed date prior to making final arrangements. 3.30 ON SITE OBSERVATIONS AND SAFETY MEASURES A. The Contractor is solely responsible to provide design and construction review services relating to the Contractor's safety precautions or to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required for the Contractor to perform his work. The duty of any other individual or organization to conduct construction observations of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site. The contractor shall be responsible for providing all safety measures and shall consult with the State and/or Federal Safety Agency or Inspector for interpretation whenever in doubt as to compliance with State and/or Federal regulations. Furthermore, the Contractor distinctly assumes all risk or damages or injury to any persons or property wherever located resulting from any action or operation under this Contract or in connection with the work. 3.31 CONTINUITY OF BUILDING AND UTILITY AND SHUTDOWNS A. General: Continuity of utilities services in the building shall be maintained at all times as required to provide heat, water, lighting, and power to all portions of the building. Utility systems shutdowns required for extensions, alterations or connections of new services; shall be accomplished in accordance with the following requirements. B. Shutdowns: While building is in operation, utilities shutdowns shall be scheduled for weekends, holidays, or at night, if the shutdown affects the use of the building or surrounding buildings. The actual time and date will be coordinated with and approved by the Owner or other designated party at least 72 -hours in advance. C. Costs: The Contractor shall include in their bid proposal all costs associated with utilities shutdowns. No extra payment will be made for overtime work, schedule changes or failure to complete utilities connections within authorized shutdown periods. D. Liability: Failure to coordinate with the serving utility or to sufficiently pursue the work in time to return utilities to service shall not constitute a basis for avoiding any contractual penalties. 3.32 DRAFT STOPS A. It shall be the responsibility of each Contractor performing his trade to verify with Architectural Plans and to maintain the integrity of the draft stops whenever his work requires penetration of these areas. Patch, as required to maintain integrity of stops. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 00- 16 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING SECTION 22 05 19 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pressure gauges 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI /IEC 60529 - Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures B. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA M6 - Water Meters -- Selection, Installation, Testing, and Maintenance 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide list that indicates use, operating range, total range and location for manufactured components. C. Provide manufacturer's product data. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling 1.5 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Gauges, Pressure and Compound 1. Stainless steel liquid filled gauges. 4" diameter. IP65 protection as rated under ANSI/IEC 60529 standards. 2. Provide normal working range of 50 % full scale. 3. Ambient Temperature Range: -40 degrees F to 140 degrees F. 4. 316 stainless steel element. 5. Laminated safety glass window. 6. White aluminum dial with black lettering. 7. Pressure Connection: 1/2 ". 8. Case, Bezel Ring And Movement: 304 stainless steel. 9. Provide piston snubber and isolation cock valve. Snubber shall be brass body with minimum pressure of 5000 PSI. Snubber shall include a piston that moves within a chamber. The action of the piston in the chamber provides damping for the gauge and protects the gauge from debris in the working fluid. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install positive displacement meters with isolating valves on inlet and outlet to AWWA M6. Provide full line size valved bypass with globe valve for liquid service meters. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 19- 1 of 2 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING C. Provide one pressure gage per pump, installing taps before strainers and on suction and discharge of pump. Pipe to gage. Not required for fractional horsepower pumps. D. Install pressure gages with pulsation dampers. Provide gage cock to isolate each gage. Provide siphon on gages in steam systems. Extend nipples and siphons to allow clearance from insulation. E. Coil and conceal excess capillary on remote element instruments. F. Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with largest appropriate scale. G. Install gages and thermometers in locations where they are easily read from normal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical. H. Adjust gages and thermometers to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and calibrate to zero. I. Locate test plugs adjacent thermometers and thermometer sockets 3.2 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install instrumentation when areas are under construction, except for required rough -in, taps, supports and test plugs. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 19- 2 of 2 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 22 05 33 HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide a complete UL listed, CSA Certified, or FM approved system of heating cables, components, and controls to prevent pipes from freezing. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 70 - International Electrical Code C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. Building Materials Directory 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. B. Product data for thermostats and controls. C. Installation instructions 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. 1.5 1.02 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MATERIALS A. The self - regulating heating cable shall consist of two 16A W.G. nickel- copper bus wires embedded in parallel in a self - regulating polymer core that varies its power output to respond to temperature all along its length, allowing the heating cable to be cut to length in the field. The heating cable shall be covered by a radiation -cross linked, modified polyolefin dielectric jacket. To provide a ground path and to enhance the heating cable's ruggedness, the heating cable shall have a braid of tinned copper and an outer jacket of (select: modified polyolefin ( -CR) or fluoropolymer ( -CT)), as required per section 427 -23 of the NEC. 1. For installation on plastic piping, the heating cable shall be applied using aluminum tape (AT -180). B. In order to conserve energy and to prevent overheating, the heating cable shall have a self - regulating factor of at least 90 %. The self - regulation factor is defined as the percentage reduction, without thermostatic control, of the heating cable output going from 40 degrees F pipe temperature operation to 150 degrees F pipe temperature operation. C. The heating cable shall operate on line voltages of 120v /lph or 480v /3ph without the use of transformers. D. The heating cable for metal -pipe freeze protection shall be sized according to the table below. The required heating cable output rating is in watts per foot at 50 degrees F. (Heating cable selection based on 1" fiberglass insulation on metal piping). Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 33- 1 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Asbestos packing is not acceptable. B. All valves of the same type shall be products of a single manufacturer. Provide gate and globe valves with packing that can be replaced with the valve under full working pressure. C. Provide chain operators for valves 4" and larger when the centerline is located 8' or more above the floor or operating platform. 2.2 GLOBE, ANGLE AND SWING CHECK VALVES A. 2" And Smaller: MSS SP -80, bronze, 1501b. Globe and angle valves shall be union bonnet with metal plug type disc. B. 21/4" And Larger: 125 PSIG, flanged, iron body, bronze trim, MSS SP -85 for globe valves and MSS SP -71 for check valves. 2.3 BALL VALVES A. MSS SP -110. Provide stem extension to allow operation without interfering with pipe insulation. 2.4 VALVES FOR PVC SYSTEMS A. Ball Valves: 4" and smaller, Asahi, Hayward or approved, true union type with teflon seat and removable ABS handle, PVC body, socket ends. B. Check Valves: Wafer -style swing check, PVC body and disk, EPDM O- rings, stainless steel springs. C. Flanges shall be Schedule 80 PVC. Dimensions to conform to ASME B16.5. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide valves with stems extended to permit operation without damage to the insulation. B. Valves shall be installed with stems horizontal or above horizontal except for ball or butterfly valves, which may be installed with valve stems down. C. Gate valves shall not be used for throttling service. D. Provide Tags For All Valves. Tags shall be phenolic material. E. All other practices for valves shall be the same as for the system in which they are to be installed and the valve manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 23- 2 of 2 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 22 05 33 HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide a complete UL listed, CSA Certified, or FM approved system of heating cables, components, and controls to prevent pipes from freezing. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 70 - International Electrical Code C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. Building Materials Directory 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. B. Product data for thermostats and controls. C. Installation instructions 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. 1.02 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MATERIALS A. 1.5 The self - regulating heating cable shall consist of two 16A W.G. nickel- copper bus wires embedded in parallel in a self - regulating polymer core that varies its power output to respond to temperature all along its length, allowing the heating cable to be cut to length in the field. The heating cable shall be covered by a radiation -cross linked, modified polyolefin dielectric jacket. To provide a ground path and to enhance the heating cable's ruggedness, the heating cable shall have a braid of tinned copper and an outer jacket of (select: modified polyolefin ( -CR) or fluoropolymer ( -CT)), as required per section 427 -23 of the NEC. 1. For installation on plastic piping, the heating cable shall be applied using aluminum tape (AT -180). B. In order to conserve energy and to prevent overheating, the heating cable shall have a self - regulating factor of at least 90 %. The self - regulation factor is defined as the percentage reduction, without thermostatic control, of the heating cable output going from 40 degrees F pipe temperature operation to 150 degrees F pipe temperature operation. C. The heating cable shall operate on line voltages of 120v /lph or 480v /3ph without the use of transformers. D. The heating cable for metal -pipe freeze protection shall be sized according to the table below. The required heating cable output rating is in watts per foot at 50 degrees F. (Heating cable selection based on 1" fiberglass insulation on metal piping). Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 33- 1 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING Minimum Ambient Temperature Pipe Size (inches) 0 Degrees F —20 Degrees F 3 or less 5 Watts 5 Watts 4 5 Watts 8 Watts 6 8 Watts 8 Watts 8 8 Watts 2 Strips -5 Watts 10 2 Strips -5 Watts 2 Strips -8 Watts E. The heating cable shall be XL -Trace cable as manufactured by Raychem Corporation or approved equal. F. Power connection, end seal, splice and tee kit components shall be applied in the field. G. Heating cable circuit shall be protected by a ground -fault device for equipment protection. This requirement is in accordance with Section 427 -22 of the NEC. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. All heating -cable components shall be UL Listed, CSA Certified, or FM approved for use as part of the system to provide pipe freeze protection. Component enclosures shall be rated NEMA 4X to prevent water ingress and corrosion. Installation shall not require the Installing Contractor to cut into the heating -cable core to expose the bus wires. Connection systems that require the Installing Contractor to strip the bus wires or that use crimps or terminal blocks, shall not be acceptable. All components that make an electrical connection shall be re- enterable for servicing. No component shall use silicone to seal the electrical connections. An exception will be made in areas where a conduit transition is required. 2.3 SYSTEM CONTROL A. The contractor shall provide one of the following options for control of the heat trace systems. 1. Option 1 - Thermostatic Control Ambient Sensing: The system shall be controlled by an ambient sensing thermostat (choose: AMC -1A or AMC -F5) set at 40 degrees F, either directly or through an appropriate Contactor. 2. Option 2 - Thermostatic Control Line Sensing: The system shall be controlled by a line sensing thermostat (choose: AMC -F5 fixed at 40 degrees F or AMC-1B variable setpoint) set at 40 degrees F, either directly or through an appropriate Contactor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. System must be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply the heating cable linearly on the pipe after piping has been successfully pressure tested. Secure the heating cable to piping with cable ties or fiberglass tape. C. Apply "Electric Traced" labels to the outside of the thermal insulation. 3.2 ELECTRICAL POWER FOR HEAT TRACING SYSTEMS A. Field locate connections for all heat trace systems. Contractor shall provide wiring & conduit to connect heat trace systems to electrical distribution equipment. B. Refer to Division 26 documents & coordinate with Division 26 contractor for location of electrical panels. Breakers for powering heat trace systems shall be provided by Division 26 contractor. C. All electrical work shall be done in accordance with the requirements of Division 26. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 33- 2 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING 3.3 TESTS A. After installation and before and after installing the thermal insulation, subject heating cable to testing using a 2500V DC Megger, minimum insulation resistance shall be 20 megohms or greater. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 05 33- 3 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 22 07 19 PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rigid piping insulation. B. Flexible piping insulation. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide insulation on all new systems specified under Division 22 as follows: 1. Domestic cold water (for condensation). B. Provide insulation at all locations where insulation was removed for work under this contract. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate 2. ASTM C450 - Standard Practice for Fabrication of Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers for NPS Piping, and Vessel Lagging 3. ASTM C534 - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form 4. ASTM C547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation 5. ASTM C585 - Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing 6. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials B. National Insulation Contractors Association (NICA) 1. National Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards C. Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 1. WSEC -C, Chapter 51-11C, State Building Code Adoption And Amendment of the 2012 Edition of the International Energy Conservation Code, Commercial 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures B. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials and thickness for each service, and location. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers published literature indicating proper installation procedures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test pipe insulation for maximum flame spread index of 25 and maximum smoke developed index of not exceeding 50 in accordance with ASTM E84 B. Pipe insulation manufactured in accordance with ASTM C585 for inner and outer diameters. C. Factory fabricated fitting covers manufactured in accordance with ASTM C450. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 07 19- 1 of 4 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 PLUMBING INSULATION C. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range recommended by manufacturer. 1.8 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for execution and closeout general requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Rigid Piping: 1. Insulation shall be pre - formed fiberglass with heat resistance per ASTM C547. Density to be 3 to 5lbs /cubic foot and "K" value shall be 0.25 or less. 2. Jacket shall be "all purpose" Foil- Scrim -Kraft (FSK) Type. Provide with 2" overlap. Water vapor transmission rate to be less than 0.02 perms. 3. Provide final jacket of pre - formed plastic, similar to fitting covers. B. Flexible Piping: 1. Flexible elastomeric thermal insulation per ASTM C534. Provide with "K" value of 0.27 or less. Product shall be suitable for use within a temperature range of -70 degrees F to 220 degrees F. AP /Armaflex insulation system or approved equal. C. Fittings And Small Valves: 1. Insulation to be fiberglass blanket per ASTM C547. Density to be 3 to 5lbs /cubic foot and "K" value shall be 0.25 or less. 2. Vapor barrier jacket to be pre - formed plastic valve and fitting covers. D. Valves Over 2" Pipe Diameter And Pumps: Use 1' /2" of fiberglass insulation, fully enclosed on all sides and edges within tight weave Alpha Matrix 1925 glass cloth. Attach Bergen hooks around edges of pad. Fit pad to valve with edges tightly butted and secure with copper wire laced between hooks. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Vapor Barrier Mastic: Childers products CP30 or equal. B. Finishing Cement: Johns - Manville No. 375 or equal. C. Duct Tape: Hardcast Inc. PS -S poly type tape No. P301. D. Elastomeric Adhesive: As recommended by elastomeric insulation manufacturer. E. Pipe Supports: In addition to the requirements of Section 2205 00 - Common Work Elements for Plumbing, provide thermal hanger shield at all support points on insulated piping. Products shall be Pipe Shields, Inc., ITT, Grinnell or equal. F. Staples: Stainless Steel G. Blanket: Fiberglass Cloth H. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B209, 0.016" thickness, H -14 hardness with Stainless Steel straps. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 07 19- 2 of 4 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 PLUMBING INSULATION PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install all insulation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations as specified and per NICA standards and guidelines. B. Apply insulating materials only after all surfaces are clean and dry. Piping and equipment shall be pressure tested and approved before installing insulation. Support pipes using a pipe shield under the insulated pipe. Space pipe supports and use shields of adequate area to prevent crushing of insulation. C. Install a vapor sealed jacket on insulation covering cold pipe equipment. Seal all joints and penetrations of the jacket to maintain a continuous vapor barrier. Make insulation continuous through all wall, ceiling, and floor openings. D. See Section 22 05 00 - Common Work Elements for Plumbing, for pipe support instructions, especially as they pertain to the use of insulation shields. 3.2 INSULATION THICKNESS A. Insulation thickness shall be per Energy Code in force in the project location. 1. In the State of Washington, the WSEC -C with local amendments shall be used. The insulation thickness and engineering properties shall be as follows: B. Insulate domestic cold water piping. Consider these systems to be in the 40 to 55 temperature range. Increase thicknesses shown by 1/2" for piping exposed directly to outdoor conditions. 3.3 CLOSED CELL INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions. B. For interior space exposed to view, or exterior applications exposed to sunlight, finish the insulation with the insulation manufacturer's recommended finish. Provide a uniform appearance without brush strokes or other discontinuities. 3.4 ELASTOMERIC INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions. B. Finish the insulation with the insulation manufacturer's recommended finish. Provide a uniform appearance without brush strokes or other discontinuities. 3.5 PIPING INSULATION A. Pipe: Pre - formed fiberglass with all- service jacket. Seal with staples every 2" along entire length of wrap. B. Small Valves And Fittings: Wrap fiberglass blanket around valve or fitting to desired thickness. Secure blanket with clips. Place plastic jacket over blanket and secure in the middle Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 07 19- 3 of 4 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 PLUMBING INSULATION and at both ends with tape. Staple each tape application to bind assembly together. Apply vapor barrier adhesive on top of staples. Seal ends. As an alternative, pre - formed fitting and valve insulation or mitered pipe insulation may be used. Secure with wire and finish with glass cloth embedded between two coats of mastic. C. Large Valves: Insulate as specified in Part 2 - Products. D. Maintain vapor barrier throughout entire length of piping system. Seal any exposed insulation with mastic or other suitable material. E. Pipe supports directly attached to cold piping shall be insulated to prevent condensation. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 07 19- 4 of 4 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 PLUMBING INSULATION SECTION 22 11 13 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Copper pipe and fittings. B. PVC pipe and fittings. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 1. B16.15 - Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250 2. B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 3. B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 4. B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV 5. B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes 6. B 16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder -Joint Drainage Fittings -DWV B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal 2. B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube 3. B812 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Environmental Degradation of Electrical Pressure Connections Involving Aluminum and Intended for Residential Applications 4. B828 - Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube and Fittings 5. D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 6. D1869 - Standard Specification for Rubber Rings for Asbestos - Cement Pipe 7. D2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications 8. D2467 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 9. D2846 - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot - and Cold -Water Distribution Systems 10. F656 - Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings 11. F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe 12. F493 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings C. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding D. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains 2. C652 - Standard for Disinfection of Water - Storage Facilities E. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) 1. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. B. Product Data, pipe and fittings. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 11 13- 1 of 5 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. 1.5 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. B. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: ASTM B88, Type -L. B. Fittings and flanges: 1. Cast Bronze Fittings: ASME B16.15. 2. Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18. 3. Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.22. 4. Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV): ASME B16.23. 5. Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes: ASME B16.26. 6. Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.29. C. Alternate Fittings and Flanges: 1. Rolled/grooved fittings. a. Couplings: 200 PSI minimum joint working pressure, cast ductile iron housing conforming to ASTM A536. Gaskets for heating water or chilled water service, elastomer in accordance with ASTM D2000. Gaskets for domestic water service, EPDM per ASTM D2000. All grooved couplings shall be designed with angle bolt pads to provide rigid joint. b. Flanges: 200 PSI minimum joint working pressure, cast ductile iron housing, suitable for bolting to ANSI Class -125 cast iron and 150 steel flanged components. Gasket material similar to coupling gasket material. 2. T -drill mechanically extracted collars. 3. Press fitting, Viega Rigid, conforming to the material and sizing requirements of ASME B16.18 or ASME B 16.22. 0-ring for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. D. Solder: ASTM B32, lead free. E. Expansion Joints 1. Lateral Motion: Braided stainless steel, flanged, 270 PSI working pressure at 70 degrees F, similar to Keflex KE -VIBES 4" KDCS -FLG. 2. Axial Motion: Multiple bellows, flanged end, 150 PSI working pressure, stainless bellows, 2" travel, similar to Keflex Multi -flex expansion joint, Model M- 15- 00 -P15 -020, single unit. 3. Flexible couplings may be used where required to accommodate thermal expansion and vibration movement. Provide a minimum of (3) flexible couplings in close proximity as recommended by manufacturer to attenuate equipment vibration at all rotating equipment, including pumps. 2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: PVC, Type -1, Grade 1, ASTM D -1785; Schedule 80. B. Fittings And Flanges: ASTM D2467 (Schedule 80 socket) to match pipe system. C. Use flanges for metal to plastic connections with Teflon bonded EPDM -AV gaskets to provide bubble tight sealing. Maximum bolt torque shall not exceed manufacturer's recommendations. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 11 13- 2 of 5 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING D. Solvent cement for PVC: ASTM F 656. E. Primer for PVC shall be Harrington 306 -P70, or approved and shall be listed by IAPMO -UPC and NSF. F. The Contractor shall demonstrate proficiency in solvent welding to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. Follow strictly the manufacturer's published instructions covering the recommended procedures for installing thermoplastic piping systems, including above ground installation, below ground installation, and including complete sand embedment, handling and storage of piping. G. Expansion Joints 1. Lateral Motion: Braided stainless steel, flanged, 270 PSI working pressure at 70 degrees F, similar to Keflex KE -VIBES 4" KDCS -FLG. 2. Axial Motion: Multiple bellows, flanged end, 150 PSI working pressure, stainless bellows, 2" travel, similar to Keflex Multi -flex expansion joint, model M- 15- 00 -P15 -020, single unit. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL PIPING INSTALLATION A. General: Install per the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC). Any UPC installation instructions located in Appendix "I" ( "Installation Standards ") for a specific piping material specified in this section applies to the work of this section. B. Preparation: 1. Clean off scale and dirt inside and outside before assembly. Cut pipes and tubes square and ream to remove all burrs. 2. Cut pipe accurately to field measurements so work can be placed without springing or forcing. C. Installation: 1. Install so piping is free to expand, provide for all expansion with offsets or loops where necessary. Branch connections shall have three elbow spring pieces to allow for expansion. 2. All changes in direction shall be made with fittings. All radius; shall be long radius. 3. Arrange piping so as not to interfere with access or removal of other equipment or devices, block access to doors, windows, manholes or other access openings. 4. Arrange piping to facilitate the removal of tube bundles, coils, etc. Provide unions ahead of screwed valves, traps or strainers on each side of each piece of equipment and wherever needed to dismantle piping. 5. All piping shall be properly pitched and graded to drain moisture and/or vent air. 6. Each low point shall have an accessible blind flange or screwed plug or cap. 7. Route pipe to avoid liquid or air pockets throughout the work. Provide at high points of closed systems, collecting chambers and automatic air vents. 8. Make reductions in pipe size using eccentric reducing fittings installed to provide drainage and venting. 9. Nipples shall be of the same material as pipe. Close nipples shall not be used. 10. Install pipe in neat and workmanlike manner, in accordance with best trade practice. Install to conserve headroom and interfere as little as possible with use of space. Run exposed piping parallel to walls unless otherwise shown. Where possible, group runs and rises. 11. Install concealed pipes in walls with clearance around piping to prevent contact with structure. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 11 13- 3 of 5 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 12. Pipes passing through concrete or masonry construction shall be fitted with sleeves. The inside diameter of pipe sleeves shall be at least 1/2" larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or pipe covering. See Section 22 05 00, Common Work Results for Plumbing, for sleeve fabrication and installation instructions. 13. At all connections between ferrous and non - ferrous pipe: a. Small Bore Pipe: Provide dielectric waterway fittings that maintain external electrical continuity while maintaining internal isolation. b. Large Bore Pipe: Provide dielectric flanges. 14. Rated Penetration Seals: Per Chapter 15, "Firestop Protection ", of the Uniform Plumbing Code. D. Material Selection/Uses: 1. All piping upstream of backflow preventer shall be copper piping. 2. All piping downstream of backflow preventer (between backflow preventer and spray park systems) may be copper or PVC at contractor's option. 3.2 COPPER PIPING INSTALLATION A. Copper Tube 1. Solder joints shall be made in accordance with the methods of ASTM B828. All cut tube ends shall be reamed to the full inside diameter of the tube end. All joint surfaces shall be cleaned. A flux conforming to ASTM B812 shall be applied. The joint shall be soldered with a solder conforming to ASTM B32. The joining of water supply piping shall be made with lead free solders and fluxes. "Lead free" shall mean a chemical composition equal to or less than 0.2 % lead. 2. Braze all below ground copper tube joints. All joint surfaces shall be cleaned. An approved flux shall be applied where required. The joint shall be brazed with a filler metal conforming to AWS A5.8. B. Copper Tube Extracted Joint: An extracted mechanical tee joint may be made in copper tube. Joint shall be produced with an appropriate tool by drilling a pilot hole and drawing out the tube surface to form a collar having a minimum height of three times the thickness of the tube wall. To prevent the branch tube from being inserted beyond the depth of the extracted joint, dimpled depth stops shall be provided. The branch tube shall be notched for proper penetration into fitting to assure a free flow joint. Extracted joint shall be brazed using a copper phosphorous classification brazing filler metal. Soldered joints shall not be permitted. C. Press Connections: Copper press fittings shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting and the tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing to assure the tubing is fully engaged (inserted) in the fitting. The joints shall be pressed using the tool approved by the manufacturer. D. Rolled/Grooved Connections: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Flared Joints: Flared joints for water pipe; shall be made by a tool designed for that operation. 3.3 PVC PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: Install; piping per the plumbing code in force by Authority Having Jurisdiction, include any referenced installation standards. B. Mechanical Joints: Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. C. Solvent Cementing: Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture, and an approved primer shall be applied. Solvent cement, orange in color and conforming to ASTM F493 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. The joint shall be made while the cement is wet, and in Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 11 13- 4 of 5 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING accordance with ASTM D 2846 or ASTM F493. Solvent cement joints shall be permitted above or below ground. D. Joints between different materials. Joints between different piping materials shall be made with a mechanical joint of the compression or mechanical sealing type. Connectors or adapters shall have an Elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM D1869 or ASTM F477. Joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Joints between different grades of plastic pipe or between plastic pipe and other piping material shall be made with an approved adapter fitting. E. Do not cut threads into plastic pipe. Use solvent joints or separately purchased solvent/thread adapters. Install nipples on metallic valves. 3.4 PRESSURE TESTS A. Test systems at 1.2 to 1.5 times system operating pressure. Hold test for two -hours without loss of pressure. B. Tests may be witnessed by the Owner's Representative, and any defects corrected until no pressure loss is observed. 3.5 PREPARATION FOR SERVICE A. General: New or repaired water systems shall be purged of deleterious matter and disinfected prior to utilization. The method to be followed shall be that prescribed by the health authority or water purveyor having jurisdiction or, in the absence of a prescribed method, the procedure described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652, or as described in this section. This requirement shall apply to "on site" or "in plant" fabrication of a system or to a modular portion of a system. 1. The pipe system shall be flushed with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at the points of outlet. 2. The system or part thereof shall be filled with a water /chlorine solution containing at least 50 parts per million (50 mg/L) of chlorine, and the system or part thereof shall be valved off and allowed to stand for 24- hours; or the system or part thereof shall be filled with a water /chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per million (200 mg/L) of chlorine and allowed to stand for 3- hours. 3. Following the required standing time, the system shall be flushed with clean potable water until the chlorine is purged from the system. 4. The procedure shall be repeated where shown by a bacteriological examination that contamination remains present in the system. B. Disinfection is not required on non - potable systems. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 11 13- 5 of 5 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SECTION 22 11 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Strainers B. Trap Primers C. Dielectric Connections D. Automatic Air Vents E. Pressure Reducing Valves F. Backflow Preventers 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE) 1. ASSE 1001 - Pipe Applied Atmospheric Type Vacuum Breakers 2. ASSE 1013 - Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers 3. ASSE 1020 - Vacuum Breakers, Anti - Siphon, Pressure Type B. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) 1. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. Additional information is found in paragraph "Detailed Submittal Instructions" below. B. Product data. C. Installation instructions. 1.4 DETAILED SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Product Data: 1. Provide a list of items in this specification. 2. Provide manufacturer's catalog data that includes performance and materials specifications. B. Installation instructions: Installation and application data. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. 1.6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. B. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STRAINERS A. Provide on high pressure side of pressure reducing valves, on suction side of pumps, on inlet side of indicating and control instruments and equipment subject to sediment damage and where shown on drawings. Strainer element shall be removable without disconnection of piping. B. Water: Strainers shall be wye- or basket -type with easily removable cover and brass strainer basket. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 11 19- 1 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES C. Body: Smaller than 80mm (3 "), brass or bronze; 80mm (3 ") and larger, cast iron or semi - steel. D. Accessories: 1. Provide blowdown valves for strainers. Blowdown valves shall be ball valves with 3/4" hose connection and thread -on hose cap. 2.2 TRAP PRIMERS A. J.R. Smith, PPP Inc., or equal. 2.3 DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS A. Union Type B. Flange Type 2.4 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS: A. Float type with isolating valves, brass or semi -steel body, copper float, stainless steel valve and valve seat. Suitable for system operating temperature and pressure, but not less than 80 PSIG. 2.5 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Single- seated, for dead end service for 301b to 1251b range on low- pressure side. Composition diaphragm and stainless steel springs, bronze body with threaded connections for sizes 1/2" to 2 ", cast iron or semi -steel body with brass or bronze trimmings and flanged connections for sizes 2'/2" to 4 ". B. Operation: Diaphragm and spring to act directly on valve stem. Delivered pressure shall vary not more than l lb for each 101b variation on inlet pressure. C. Setting: Entering water pressure, discharge pressure, capacity, size, and related measurements shall be as shown on the drawings. D. Connections at Valves And Strainers: Install shut off valve on each side of reducing valve and full sized bypass with shut off valve. Install strainer on inlet side of, and same size as pressure reducing valve. Install pressure gauge on low pressure side of line. 2.6 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Install backflow preventers per the requirements of the Uniform Plumbing Code; Article 603 "Cross Connection Control ". All backflow preventers shall be listed by the State of Washington, Department of Health, as an approved cross - connection control device. B. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer: ASSE 1013. C. Pressure Type: ASSE 1020 D. Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker: ASSE 1001 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 STRAINERS A. Provide blowdown valves with 3/4" hose connections at all strainer locations. 3.2 DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS A. Provide dielectric connections at all connections between ferrous and non - ferrous pipe: 1. Small Bore Pipe: Provide dielectric waterway fittings that maintain external electrical continuity while maintaining internal isolation. 2. Large Bore Pipe: Provide dielectric flanges. 3.3 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS A. Locate automatic air vents at high points in piping system. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 11 19- 2 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES B. Where air vents are located in inaccessible locations, covered locations, or in locations where leakage could potentially damage the building in any way, provide drain piping from the air vent to the nearest approved indirect drain receptor. 1. Drain piping shall not be run to drain locations in public areas. 3.4 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Provide isolation valves and strainers for all backflow preventer assemblies. 3.5 TRAP PRIMERS A. Provide trap primers and connections for all floor drains and standpipe drains. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 11 19- 3 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES SECTION 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Plastic piping. 1. PVC piping. 2. ABS piping. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) 1. Installation Standard (IS) 1 — Non - Metallic Building Sewers 2. Installation Standard (IS) 5 — ABS Building Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings 3. Installation Standard (IS) 9 — PVC Building Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings 4. Installation Standard (IS) 11 — ABS Sewer Pipe and Fittings 5. UPC - Uniform Plumbing Code 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Pipe, fittings and accessories. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. 1.5 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. All material references are found in the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) "Uniform Plumbing Code" (UPC), all references are those in force by the Authority Having Jurisdiction at the date of bid. B. Building Drainage, Waste and Vent: 1. Materials for Acrylonitrile- Butadiene - Styrene (ABS) plastic drain, waste and vent pipe and fittings shall be as specified in IAPMO Installation Standard (IS) 5, "ABS Building Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings ". 2. Materials for Poly - Vinyl- Chloride (PVC) Plastic drain, waste and vent pipe and fittings shall be as specified in IAPMO Installation Standard (IS) 9, "PVC Building Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings "). C. Sewer Pipe and Fittings: Materials shall be ABS as specified in IAPMO IS 11, "ABS Sewer Pipe and Fittings ". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DRAINAGE, WASTE, VENT & SEWER A. General: Except as modified herein all DWV piping installation shall be in accordance with the plumbing code in place at the Authority Having Jurisdiction, including all reference standards and installation instructions. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 13 16- 1 of 2 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING B. A horizontal soil and waste pipe shall be given a grade of 1/4" per foot where possible, but in no case less than 1/8" per foot. All main vertical soil and waste stacks shall be installed with provision for expansion and shall be extended full -size to and above roof lines as vents, except where otherwise specifically indicated. All vent lines shall be run through roof and shall terminate not less than 12' 0" from any opening to building, in roof, or 1' 0" above such openings. C. Where practical, two or more vent pipes shall be connected together and extended as one pipe through roof. Vent pipes in roof spaces shall be run as close as possible to underside of roof, with horizontal piping pitched down to stacks without forming traps in pipes, using fittings as required. D. Vertical vent pipes may be connected into one main riser above vented fixture. Where an end or circuit vent pipe from fixture or line of fixtures is connected to a vent line serving other fixtures, connections shall be located to prevent use of any vent line as a waste. E. Provide cleanouts at all locations required to permit cleaning of all sewer piping. Cleanouts shall be full -sized of pipe, but not larger than 4 ". This shall include cleanouts at base of all vertical lines, ends of all horizontal main runs, and elsewhere as shown on Drawings. Cleanout openings shall be closed with brass screw plugs. Where cleanouts occur in floor, furnish and install a brass ferrule, complete with screwed brass cover, flush with floor. F. All pipes passing through roof shall be flashed with 41b sheet lead, which shall extend at least 10" in all directions from pipe and run at least 12" above roof around pipe. Each pipe shall be counter flashed with 41b lead sleeve, turned down inside of pipe and overlapping lower flashing at least 2 ". Adjustable neoprene or santoprene vent flashings, manufactured and certified for that specific purpose, are also acceptable if installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. G. Tests: Sanitary and waste lines shall be tested with water at a pressure of not less than 51b PSI. Duration of test shall be not less than 24- hours, and shall be witnessed by Owner's Representative. If any piping is found to leak, all defects shall be remedied and test repeated. H. Provide cleanouts as specified in Section 22 13 19, Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties. I. Rated Assembly Penetration: Per Chapter 16, "Firestop Protection ", of the Uniform Plumbing Code. 3.2 PLASTIC PIPING INSTALLATION A. ABS Building DWV and Sewer: Install per the installation standard for Non - Metallic Building Sewers (IAPMO IS 1), the installation standard for ABS Building Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings (IAPMO IS 5) and the installation standard for ABS Sewer Pipe and Fittings (IAPMO IS 11) as published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials and found in the Uniform Plumbing Code Manual. B. PVC Building DWV: Install per the installation standard for Non - Metallic Building Sewers (IAPMO IS 1), and the installation standard for PVC Building Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings (IAPMO IS 9) as published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials and found in the Uniform Plumbing Code Manual. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 13 16- 2 of 2 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SECTION 22 13 19 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flexible pipe joints B. Air Admittance Valves C. Backwater Valves D. Drains E. Cleanouts 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE) 1. ASSE 1051 — Individual and Branch Type Air Admittance Valves for Sanitary Drainage Systems B. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials 1. UPC — Uniform Plumbing Code C. National Sanitation Foundation International (NSF) 1. NSF 14 - Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Valves, pipe joints, drains and all other specialty components specified herein. C. Installation instructions. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. 1.5 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLEXIBLE PIPE JOINTS A. Expansion Joints: WasteNent/Storm Drain Stacks: JR Smith Model 1710 or approved equal. B. Flexible Pipe Joints: WasteNent/Storm Drain: Metraflex Model 201 or approved equal. 2.2 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES A. General: Tested and certified to meet NSF Standard 14 requirements. B. Single Fixture and Branch Piping Applications: 1. Tested and certified to meet ASSE 1051 requirements. ABS valve body with propylene ball valve sealing assembly. Internal and external debris /insect screens. Provide with adaptor to match valve to piping system. 2. Studor Redi -Vent, Mini -Vent, Maxi -Vent, or Tec -Vent, or approved equal. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 13 19- 1 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 2.3 BACKWATER VALVES A. Flap type, hinged or pivoted, with revolving disc. Cast iron body with cleanout of sufficient size to permit removal of interior parts. Hinge, pivot, disc and seat shall be nonferrous metal. Normal position of disc shall be slightly open. Extend the cleanout to the finished floor and fit with threaded countersunk plug. Provide clamping device wherever the cleanout extends through the membrane waterproofing. 2.4 FLOOR DRAINS, FUNNEL DRAINS, AND FLOOR SINKS A. Drains shall be Josam, Jay R. Smith, Sioux Chief, Wade, Zurn, or approved equal. B. Floor Drains: duco cast iron body with flashing collar, square polished nickel bronze adjustable strainer head and grate, trap primer connection and vandal proof screws. Size as per Plans. C. Floor And Funnel Drains: Duco cast iron two piece body with flashing collar, seepage openings, round polished nickel bronze adjustable strainer head and grate complete with 4" diameter polished nickel bronze funnel, trap primer connection and vandal proof screws. 2.5 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts shall be Josam, Jay R. Smith, Sioux Chief, Wade, Zurn, or approved equal. B. Floor: Duco cast iron body with round adjustable scoriated secured nickel bronze top, gasket seal -ABS countersunk closure plug, complete with flashing flange and clamp. Jay R. Smith Figure 4020 -F -C. C. Wall: Duco cast iron caulk ferrule with cast iron countersunk closure plug. Provide with stainless steel cover and screw. Jay R. Smith Figure 4400. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install specialties in accordance with the International Plumbing Code and the Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.2 DRAINS A. Provide the drainage equipment and all piping, for a complete drainage system as shown and detailed on Plans. B. Install floor sinks with the top of the fixture as sufficient distance above finish floor elevation to prevent floor drainage from entering the floor sink. Floor sinks in kitchen areas shall be installed completely under counters to avoid trip hazard. C. Provide water pipe connections to trap primers and run the primer lines to the drains. Verify location of trap primers with Owner's Representative before installing. D. See Section 22 11 19, Domestic Water Piping Specialties, for trap primers. 3.3 CLEANOUTS A. Provide cleanouts as indicated on the plans, and as required by the Uniform Plumbing Code. B. Provide cleanouts at the locations specified below, regardless of whether or not indicated on the drawings: 1. Drains Within Buildings: Not more than 100' apart. 2. Drains Outside Of Buildings: Not more than 100' apart. 3. Changes of Direction Inside Buildings: At each fitting of greater than 45 degrees. Where more than one change of direction occurs in a run of piping, only one cleanout shall be required for each 40' of developed length of the drainage piping. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 13 19- 2 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 4. Building Sewer Junction: Provide a cleanout at the junction between the building drain and building exterior sewer. Provide a 2 -way cleanout at this junction. This cleanout may be omitted if there is a cleanout in the building drain within 10' of the junction. C. Install in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 13 19- 3 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES SECTION 22 1413 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Plastic Piping 1. PVC piping. 2. ABS piping. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. All storm drain piping, to include roof drain systems. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) 1. IAPMO IS 5- ABS Building Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings 2. IAPMO IS 9 — PVC Building Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings 3. UPC — Uniform Plumbing Code 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Pipe, fittings and accessories. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. 1.6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. B. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. All material references are found in the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) "Uniform Plumbing Code" (UPC), all references are those in force by the Authority Having Jurisdiction at the date of bid. B. Building Drains: 1. Materials for Acrylonitrile- Butadiene - Styrene (ABS) plastic drain pipe and fittings shall be as specified in IAPMO IS 5. 2. Materials for Poly- Vinyl - Chloride (PVC) Plastic drain pipe and fittings shall be as specified in IAPMO IS 9. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. General: Except as modified herein all drain piping installation shall be in accordance with chapter 11 of the Uniform Plumbing Code, including all reference standards and installation instructions. B. A horizontal drain pipe shall be given a grade of 1/4" per foot where possible, but in no case less than 1/8" per foot for 4" and greater piping. All main vertical drain stacks shall be installed with provision for expansion. C. Provide cleanouts at all locations required to permit cleaning of all drain piping. Cleanouts shall be full -sized of pipe, but not larger than 4 ". This shall include cleanouts at base of all vertical Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 14 13- 1 of 2 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING lines, ends of all horizontal main runs, and elsewhere as shown on Drawings. Cleanout openings shall be closed with brass screw plugs. Where cleanouts occur in floor, furnish and install a brass ferrule, complete with screwed brass cover, flush with floor. D. Tests: Drain lines shall be tested with water at a pressure of not less than 5 PSI. Duration of test shall be not less than 24- hours, and shall be witnessed by Owner's Representative. If any piping is found to leak, all defects shall be remedied and test repeated. E. Provide cleanouts as specified in Section 22 14 23, "Storm Drainage Piping Specialties ". F. Rated Assembly Penetration: Per Chapter 16, "Firestop Protection ", of the Uniform Plumbing Code. 3.2 PLASTIC PIPING INSTALLATION A. Building Drain: Install per the installation standard for ABS Building Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings (IAPMO IS 5), the installation standard for PVC Building Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings (IAPMO IS 9) as published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials and found in the Uniform Plumbing Code Manual. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 14 13- 2 of 2 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SECTION 22 42 00 COMMERCIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION INCLUDES A. Plumbing fixtures as indicated on the drawing schedule. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Valves, pipe joints, drains, plumbing fixtures and all other specialty components specified herein. C. Fixture installation instructions. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. 1.5 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Fixtures are specified in the plumbing fixture schedule followed by the catalog designation of the listed manufacturer. B. Provide hardware and accessories appropriate for the intended location and service. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Generally install per manufacturer's instructions and the UPC. B. Locate each fixture in accordance with architectural details. Unless otherwise noted, each fixture shall be located symmetrically, with its centerline congruent with the center of windows, stall spaces, wall spaces, or casework. C. Install fixtures and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 WASTE CONNECTIONS A. Waste, drain, and soil connections shall be of full size of trap or fixture outlet. All fixtures shall be firmly fastened in place by the use of anchored bolts and backing. Wherever the weight of the fixture requires, this Contractor shall make special provisions for the attachment of fixtures as directed and approved. Traps shall comply with UPC Section 1003.1 with a minimum 17- gauge. Thickness and with manufacturer's name and gauge stamped legibly in the metal of the trap. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 42 00- 1 of 1 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 COMMERCIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 22 53 00 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES. A. Provide a complete and functional spray park system as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. Provide the general information listed below, and comply with paragraph "Detailed Submittal Instructions ". Partial and incomplete submissions shall be rejected without reviews. B. Shop drawings. C. Manufacturer's product data. D. Record documents. 1.3 DETAILED SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Product Submittals: Submit complete set of product submittals, including all system components, piping, equipment, etc. Submittals must be approved by Owner's Representative prior to purchasing or installing any systems, components, or equipment. B. Shop Drawings: Provide complete shop drawings for spray feature systems & components for review. Shop drawings must be approved by the owner's technical representative prior to ordering or installing. C. Record Documents 1. As -Built Drawings: Provide a complete set of as-built drawings with actual locations of components & piping, including depth/elevations. 2. Provide documentation indicating final programmed spray park feature sequences. 3. Provide documentation indicating actual final programmed sequences for all controlled items, including solenoid valves, modulating valves, debris trap assemblies, chemistry controllers, UV systems, pumps, etc. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suppliers: Equipment & accessories shall be designed, fabricated, installed and tested by a manufacturer with a minimum of 10 years' experience and at least 10 projects of similar size and scope. Manufacturer shall certify that it applies an environmental management system which meets the requirements of ISO 140001:2004 in its design, manufacturing, sales, marketing, and servicing of recreational aquatic products and accessories. Manufacturer shall certify that it applies a quality management system which meets the requirements of ISO 9001:2008 in its design, manufacturing, sales, marketing and servicing of recreational aquatic products and accessories. B. Installers: The installer shall have completed the spraypark mechanical system installation for a minimum of 1 spray park project of similar size and scope. 1. Where installers field- construct spray park filtration & control components (instead of them being provided as factory-built rack systems), installer shall have completed spray park mechanical system installation for a minimum of 2 spray park projects and be a factory- certified representative of the spray park equipment manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 1 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS B. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during and after installation. The installer shall carefully inspect all material before beginning work and report any damage to the Owner's representatives before using said material. Any contractor- provided materials found to be unacceptable will be replaced at no cost to the Owner. C. All protective wrappings are to be left intact through installation and then removed upon completion. 1.6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. 1.7 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS A. General: References used throughout Division 22 are generally accepted industry standards. The edition of the criteria cited shall be that in force at the time of bid. The Contractor shall provide all work in accordance with codes and standards in force in the Authority Having Jurisdiction for the project, to include all local amendments. B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1. Load and Resistance Factor Design Specifications C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. A112.14.1 - Backwater Valves 2. B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings D. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 1. A112.14.1 - Backwater Valves E. American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE) 1. 1001 - Performance Requirements for Atmospheric Type Vacuum Breakers 2. 1015 - Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Double Check Fire Protection Backflow Prevention Assemblies F. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds G. European Commission, Enterprise and Industry 1. BS EN 61000 - Electromagnetic Compatibility, Generic Emission Standard, Residential, Commercial, and Light Industry H. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) 1. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) I. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 1. 9001 - Quality Management Systems J. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 1. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Maximum) K. NSF International 1. Standard 50 - Equipment for Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs, and Other Recreational Water Facilities Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 2 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All spray park specialty components shall be NSF certified, where NSF - certified options exist for specific components. B. Provide all necessary components for a complete system. Some of these components may be shown only on the Plans, but shall be provided under this Specification. C. Piping & fittings shall be per Specification Section 225313, Spray Park Piping. D. Pumps shall be provided per Specification Section 225316, Spray Park Pumps. E. Water chemistry control system shall be per Specification Section 225319, Spray Park Water Treatment Equipment. F. Spray features shall be per Specification Section 225323, Water Features & Activators for Spray Parks. G. Provide flange connections or unions for all equipment connections. H. Provide flange connections or unions on each side of valves that are not true -union type. I. All wiring connections shall be watertight. J. All electrical control panels shall be CSA/UL approved specifically for aquatic play area operations and shall bear certification logos. K. In lieu of equipment being provided as factory- assembled & skid - mounted, qualified installers may field- construct the spray park water treatment & control systems. 1. If equipment is field- constructed, rack systems (floor or wall) may be omitted from project. 2.2 SPRAY PARK EQUIPMENT A. Water Treatment System: 1. Provide complete water treatment & circulation system as shown on the drawings. Water treatment & circulation system shall be provided as a pre - assembled package with the following components: a. Spray pad system: 1) Piping. 2) Circulation pump & VFD. 3) Valves. 4) UV (Ultra Violet) disinfection system. 5) Water feature valve manifold system. 6) Spray Feature Control Panel. 7) Fountain Lighting Control Panel. 8) Sand filter(s). 9) Chemistry control system. 10) GFCI device sized to protect the entire water treatment system installed on the skid. (a) If multiple skids are provided that have electronic /electric components, provide GFCI device for each skid. (b) If equipment is field- constructed, provide GFCI device(s) to protect all components that would otherwise be installed on skid systems. 2. Provide all electrical devices such as disconnects, transformers, wiring, etc. for connection, control & power of all electrical components. All electrical components shall be rated for installation in damp areas. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 3 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS 3. Provide all piping & fittings necessary for complete & functional system. Pipe & fittings shall be Schedule 80 PVC. 4. Provide stainless steel & extruded fiberglass reinforced plastic mounting skid for main water treatment system. 5. Provide stainless steel mounting frame (combination wall & floor mount) for water feature manifold & UV system. 6. Provide stainless steel mounting frame for control panelsNFD's /chemistry controller /etc. 7. All skids containing electrical components shall be UL listed as a complete skid assembly. UL listing of individual electrical components shall not constitute compliance with this requirement. B. Water Feature Manifold 1. Feature manifold shall be constructed of 304 or 316 stainless steel. 2. Manifold shall be sized as shown on drawings. 3. Manifold shall include a compressed air fitting with valve to allow maintenance blowdown of water features & lines. 4. Manifold shall be provided with a water pressure gauge. 5. Feature connections a. Feature connections shall be sized as shown on drawings. All components of each connection (piping, valve(s), union(s), etc.) shall be full line size indicated. b. Ball valves for feature lines shall be true -union type. 6. Manifold assembly shall include motor - actuated butterfly valve to serve as manifold master valve. Actuator shall be powered & controlled through the spray feature control panel. C. Spray Feature Control Panel 1. Panel shall be enclosed in a NEMA 3R housing with corrosion resistant coating. Panel shall have a 24 -volt control output for each water feature control valve & drain valve in the system. Provide all necessary relays & contactors for required control functionality. The panel shall be microprocessor -based, capable of activating each valve on a time schedule or activation signal. Schedules and activation patterns shall be user - programmable for each valve. Panel shall be capable of running user - definable sequences and random sequences. 2. Panel shall be UL- listed and labeled for intended service. 3. Panel shall include an emergency stop valve. 4. Panel shall include input contacts for remote activation of specific devices. Remote activation inputs shall be user - assignable to any specific control valve or combination of valves in the system, and shall be able to trigger user - definable operational sequences. D. Fountain Lighting Control Panel 1. Fountain lighting control panel shall be either a seperate panel from the Spray Feature Control Panel, or may be incorporated within the Spray Feature Control Panel enclosure. 2. Fountain lighting control panel shall be microprocessor -based, and provide fully programmable control (via touchscreen graphic interface) of lighting fixtures at water fountain locations. 3. Fountain lighting control panel shall be utilize DMX or similar lighting control standard, capable of controlling and driving color - shifting LED light fixtures. 4. Fountain lighting sequences shall be configured to be synchronized with fountain programming on Spray Feature Control Panel. 5. Panel shall be enclosed in a NEMA 3R housing with corrosion resistant coating. E. Water Storage Tank: Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 4 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS 1. The water storage tank shall be designed to provide for storage & makeup of water from the spray pad. Tank shall be constructed of heavy -duty single -wall fiberglass and approved by tank manufacturer for burial at depths suitable for installation location. 2. Pipe Connections (refer to drawings for sizes): a. Feature loop suction. b. Main drain return. c. Cold water makeup. d. Overflow drain. e. Bypass return. f. Tank drain. 3. Conduit connections: a. Conduit connection for water tank level sensor wiring. 4. Provide an access manway with 36x36" aluminum access hatch. Hatch shall include locking latch, pneumatic or hydraulic hatch assist, aluminum/stainless steel locking hold -open arm. Latch shall be operable from inside tank. a. Access hatch/lid assembly shall be suitable for installation in traffic rated areas. Traffic rating shall meet AASHTO HS20 standards. 5. Provide ladder down manway into tank. Ladder shall be fixed to manway & bottom of tank. 6. Provide complete tank anchorage kit including all anchors, straps & hardware. Tank anchoring system - including components and sizing, shall be approved by tank manufacturer. a. Tank anchors for areas with high water tables shall include sufficient ballast to prevent tank floatation when tank is empty. b. Tank anchor shall be 6" thick reinforced concrete slab. Minimum size shall be tank footprint + 18" in all directions. 7. External pipe connections shall be straight pipe ends, suitable for romac -type semi - flexible pipe connections. 8. Internal Components: a. Piping: Internal piping & fittings shall be Schedule 80 PVC. b. Water Makeup Valve: float -valve level control device connected to makeup water line. Valve body shall be constructed of polypropylene. c. Pump Suction Fittings: Provide foot valves for all pump suction connections. 1) Contractor shall fabricate and install piping & fitting assembly for pump suction inlet that places suction inlet within 3" of tank bottom. d. Drain Fittings: Provide downturned pipe elbows inside tank for all drain or return connections. e. Overflow Fittings: Provide upturned pipe elbow or vertical pipe section for water storage tank overflow drain. 1) Backwater valve shall be provided on overflow outlet piping inside tank. f. Return Distribution Piping: Provide return distribution piping from main drain return inlet, designed to distribute incoming water evenly throughout the water storage tank. Support distribution piping from tank wall. Supports shall be permanently fixed to tank walls. F. Debris Trap System: 1. Provide complete packaged debris trap system including debris trap body, access hatch, diverter valve, piping connections, removable strainer basket, & concrete anchor/ballast. 2. Access hatch shall have anti -skid surface, pneumatic or hydraulic assist for lid opening, & fully recessed locking mechanism. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 5 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS a. Access hatch/lid assembly shall be suitable for installation in traffic rated areas. Traffic rating shall meet AASHTO HS20 standards. 3. Strainer Basket shall be fully removable from debris trap assembly. Basket shall be fabricated from stainless steel, with stainless steel mesh strainer elements & large containment area for debris. G. Flow Meters: 1. Electronic Magmeter Type, Remote Sensor: Insertion -type magmeter sensor. Sensor shall be selected for pipe size and flow range. The sensor shall be capable of 4 -20 mA, digital pulse, and frequency pulse signal output. a. Remote Display: Hard -wired totalizing display, with brackets for wall, pipe, or panel mounting, (3) totalizers, no -flow indicator, large digital display with averaging function, push -button operation, user - selectable access codes, & auto - calibration function, scalable outputs, relay options, multi - language display. Flow sensor & remote display shall be of the same manufacturer. b. Integral Display: Integrated totalizing display, with (3) totalizers, no -flow indicator, large digital display with averaging function, push -button operation, user - selectable access codes, & auto - calibration function, scalable outputs, relay options, multi - language display. 2. Pitot Tube Type: One piece cast & machined acrylic body, with dual GPM/LPM scales printed on both sides of meter, corrosion- resistant 316 stainless steel or PTFE internal float, + / -10% full scale accuracy, no electrical power required, 150 PSIG maximum pressure, 32 °F -110 °F ambient & operating temperature range, NEMA 4X enclosure, neoprene gasket, 300 series stainless steel pipe clamps. 3. Combination Check Valve/Flowmeter Type: PVC valve body, with clear lid with pre - printed flow scale. Average accuracy shall be 2.01% between 20 -110 gpm. Flow meter shall be NSF-50 listed. Unit shall not require any calibration to read accurately, shall maintain accuracy even with entrained air in water stream, and shall require 0" upstream and downstream straight pipe for installation and accurate function. a. Where installed in larger piping than nominal device size, provide with reducer fittings to adapt flowmeter /check valve device to filter piping. H. Pressure Gauges: 1. Size 2'h" dial. 2. Case: Drawn steel, black enamel finish, plain bottom mount and plain or flush center back (for panel mounting). 3. Dial: Flat, steel, white with black numerals and graduations. 4. Dial Range: Vacuum 30" Hg to 5,000 PSI (single scale PSI). 5. Tube And Socket: Copper alloy. 6. Connection: 1/8" and 1/4" NPT bottom male (plain case). 1/4" NPT center back male (plain and flush case). 7. Movement: Brass, bronze bushed with re- calibrator. 8. Accuracy: +2 % of span in middle half scale (Grade B, ANSI B40.1). 9. Lens: One - piece, impact resistant polycarbonate, screwed for plan case models. Snap -in ring, glass assembly for flush case models. 10. Accessories: Provide snubber to isolate gauge from working fluid, and gauge isolation petcock. I. Foot Valves: 1. 8" And Smaller: PVC butterfly check valve. Provide with foot valve screen assembly. J. Check Valves: Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 6 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS 1. 8" And Smaller: PVC butterfly check valve. Provide true -union construction, or unions or flanges on each side of check valve for maintenance. 2. 8" And Smaller, Backwater valves: ASTM D1784 cell classification 21454 PVC construction, EPDM valve seats, external arrow flow indicator, 43 PSI pressure rating at 73 °F, socket ends for piping connections, threaded plug top to service access, snap -in flapper valve. Valves shall conform to ASME /ANSI A112.14.1 for Backwater Valves. K. Strainers: 1. Provided with pump: Provided with main circulation pumps. Bronze body with removable lid & secure attachment system, and stainless steel lid bolts. 150 -1b ANSI flange for connection to pump. Strainer body shall have a removable drain plug at bottom of body. a. Provide with (2) strainer baskets per strainer - (1) installed and (1) spare. 2. Wye -Pattern Inline Strainers: Clear PVC body, with flanged or socket ends, threaded removable end cap with drain plug, #20 mesh PVC screen elements, rated for 90 PSI at 73 °F. 3. Wye -Pattern Inline Strainers (Stainless Steel): 304 or 316 Stainless steel body, with flanged or grooved ends, lead free construction, ASTM A -276 304 stainless steel strainer mesh, removable cover /mesh retainer with 2 -bolt grooved -style connection, EPDM gaskets, ASTM B -633 steel hardware, NSF 61 and FDA compliant. L. Filters: 1. Vertical Sand Filters: a. Filter System: The filter tank system shall consist of a vertical filter tank consisting of internal overhead distribution system, internal lower collection system, 60 PSIG internal automatic air relief, integrally molded drain/dump port, saddle support. All of which shall be fabricated in a fully assembled state by the original equipment manufacturer, then disassembled for shipping to prevent damage to internal parts or face piping. Filter shall be NSF rated. Filter tank dimensions, flow rate, and other performance data shall be as indicated on the Drawings. b. Filter Tanks: The filter tank shall be a one -piece fiberglass reinforced tank with a UV resistant finish. The tank shall consist of a heavy duty closure pressure gauge, air relief valve, swing away diffuser, threaded internal parts, internal air bleed, threaded bulkhead connectors, and combination sand and water drain. c. Internal Distribution/Collection System: Internal filter tank equipment shall include an upper distribution system and lower collection system, hydraulically balanced to prevent turbulence and/or displacement of the filter media during service operation or backwash. Standard pipe arrangement or an internal valving system will not be acceptable. The upper distribution system shall include a 360 degrees diffuser over the filter bed, and shall be joined to the influent connection by means of Schedule 40 PVC pipe and fittings. The lower collection system shall consist of a slotted lateral design to retain filter media with minimum head loss. The internal collection system shall be designed to promote media bed circulation during backwash. d. Filter Media: 1) Filter media shall be provided by contractor. 2) Filter media shall consist of uniformly graded silica sand, which shall be free of limestone or clay. The media shall be Grade #20, effective size range .45mm to .55mm with uniformity co- efficient of 1.6 maximum. The filter(s) will require a filter bed depth, which shall extend to an appropriate level of 8.600" (219mm) below the top of the hydraulic distribution lenses. e. Pressure Gauge Panel: The pressure gauge shall consist of 2'/2" (63mm) diameter gauge scaled from 0 to 60 PSIG (0 to 400 kPa). The pressure gauge shall be mounted Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 7 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS on top of the filter and shall be connected to influent pressure points with air relief cocks. f. Backwash Valves: 1) Provide rotary-style multiport valves with manual valve handle. M. Ultraviolet (UV) Water Treatment Systems 1. The swimming pool water shall be routinely monitored and treated by UV sterilization in the range of 220nm to 400nm to kill bacteria, viruses, molds and their spores and to continuously remove chloramines. The concentration of free chlorine residual shall at all times meet the requirements of the Health Department authority having jurisdiction over the swimming pool. 2. The UV System shall be a complete unit with all necessary controls. The control panel and UV chamber shall be capable of being installed up to 300 feet apart. The system shall be preassembled and controls packaged and shall include: a. UV chamber with flow and output safety control. b. UV medium pressure arc tube modified to emit UV light from 220nm to 400nm. c. Automatic, adjustable, electric motor - driven quartz sleeve cleaning system. d. Operational and power controls. 3. UV Chamber: a. The UV chamber shall be pressure rated for continuous operation at 150psi tested to 225psi and constructed of type 316L stainless steel. It shall be designed for an internal pressure drop not to exceed 2psi at maximum flow. The chamber shall incorporate: 1) A temperature sensor to shut off the UV arc tube when there is inadequate flow in the chamber; 2) An UV intensity monitor which alarms when the UV arc tube output drops below the dosing level required for proper operation. The monitor shall be of the wet probe type wavelength specific to 240nm - 280nm with a 4 -20mA output. It shall display actual lamp intensity (mW /cm2) on the control cabinet door display. Dry probe monitors shall not be acceptable, as this type cannot be wiped during the automatic wiping action. Direct line of site monitors (ie those types that have the sensor directly exposed to UV light) shall not be permitted. The monitor shall use offset filters to extend monitor life and to ensure only a limited band of wavelengths is measured. 3) A stainless steel terminal cover fastened to the chamber end plate, to which is affixed the electrical conduit, to protect the lamps and electrical leads. Plastic terminal covers /caps shall not be permitted. 4) A design for laminar flow to provide maximum efficiency in the transfer of UV to the water. 5) Level switches shall be located to position the wiper, and to prevent the wiper parking over the active arc tube. The switches shall be magnetic type, and shall include visual indication of the wiper position. The wiper mechanism shall be fail safe, and shall shut the system down in the event of failure, as described below. 6) The chamber shall contain a quartz sleeve, which is sealed at both ends by a UV shrouded 0 ring. The quartz must be annealed for durability and against breakage. Systems that contain a quartz thimble shall not be permitted. The thimble is inherently buoyant and poses a safety risk to operators during annual maintenance. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 8 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS 7) The wetter surfaces shall be chemically passivated and all welds ground to eliminate any potential corrosion mechanisms. Crevices (as found behind a quartz thimble) shall not be permitted under any circumstance. b. Automatic Wiper System: 1) For periodic cleaning of the quartz sleeves and the UV monitor probe, the chamber shall be fitted with an automatic cleaning mechanism. It shall consist of a single SS yoke with Teflon bosses and replaceable molded viton wiper rings which travel the full length of the quartz sleeve twice per cleaning cycle. The frequency of the wiper cycle shall be adjustable from 15 to 720 minutes and set for job conditions. The mechanism shall be driven by a two -pole bi- directional electric motor and acme lead screw. Reed type limit switches shall control the length of travel. The wiper mechanism wiper rings in the "parked" position shall not be over the lamp, blocking the transfer of UV light, or creating a "hot" spot on the arc tube. c. UV Lamp: 1) The UV lamp shall be a high intensity, medium - pressure UV arc tube modified to emit a continuous UV spectrum from 220nm to 400nm into the water. Full output must be available from 0 to 200 degrees. The lamp shall be UL approved with one electrical lead at each end. Each lamp shall be individually numbered and the manufacturing process shall permit full audit and traceability of assembly. In addition to an individual serial number, the part number shall be displayed on the lamp. d. UV System Control: 1) The system control cabinet shall be epoxy coated steel, NEMA 12, fan cooled with louvers and replaceable filters. The control system shall be de- energized when the cabinet door(s) are open. All wiring shall be harnessed in DIN channels. The power supply to the UV arc tubes shall be from a constant wattage transformer. The entire system shall be UL listed and there shall be a decal clearing showing this listing displayed in the cabinet. 2) The system shall include a microprocessor - controlled power switching function with 4 power levels designed to automatically adjust UV dosing to accommodate varying water quality levels & UV lamp degradation. 3) The control cabinet shall display via a back lit liquid -plasma display the following information: (a) Power on (b) UV intensity (% and mW /cm2) (c) UV dose (mJ /cm2) (d) Flow rate in GPM (e) Arc tube ready indicator (f) Any alarm condition (g) Wiper status and alarm (h) Consumable spare part list with part numbers (i) Local /remote operation switch, door mounted (j) Data logging of UV dose, lamp hours, lamp intensity for regulatory audit. 4) Control panel: The control panel shall contain an Earth Leakage detector, which shall provide fail -safe protection for bathers and those working on the equipment within the pool environment. This requirement is mandatory, as the voltages used within UV systems can pose risk of death. The control panel shall be UL LISTED, and in addition shall conform to EN 61000. The panel and all UV components shall be manufactured to ISO 9001 -2000. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 9 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS N. Variable Frequency Drives 1. VFD shall be suitable for installation in indoor locations with corrosive gasses present. Unit shall be enclosed in a NEMA 12 enclosure, and VFD internal components shall be completely protected by conformal coatings. NEMA 1 VFD's provided with NEMA 12 enclosures shall not be acceptable. Unit shall be suitable for operating temperatures between 32- 104 °F, with a relative humidity of 90% or less. 2. Unit shall operate with supply frequencies between 50 -60Hz, and shall have an output frequency range of 0- 400Hz. VFD shall be rated for 120% overload for 1 minute. VFD shall have a 97% efficiency at nominal full load. 3. VFD shall be provided with aquatics - specific controller. Controller shall have pushbutton or touchscreen interface with digital display. Controller and VFD shall be configured for the following functionality: a. Pump speed input signal from spray park water feature control panel. 4. VFD and controller shall be password - protected to prevent unauthorized access. a. Unit shall be configured with multiple levels of password - protected access. b. Unit shall be capable of having operational range set by factory authorized technician, and password protected so that end user cannot set VFD to run outside of that operational range. 0. Main Drains 1. Drain Covers a. Drain covers shall be molded plastic, with ADA compliant design. b. Provide drain covers with fully flush or recessed stainless steel tamper- resistant mounting screws. 2. Sumps: Drain sumps shall be molded polyethylene or similar plastic, with knockouts for piping connections. a. Provide sumps with any required adaptors or fittings necessary to make piping connections. 2.3 VALVES A. Valves For PVC Systems: 1. Butterfly Valves: 8" and smaller, Asahi, Hayward, or approved equal, lever operated, V- notch, PVC body, PVC disc, Viton seat, wafer type. Provide with complete flange kit for installation. 2. Ball Valves: 4" and smaller, Asahi, Hayward or approved equal, true union type with Teflon seat and removable ABS handle, PVC body, socket ends. 3. Flanges shall be Schedule 80 PVC. Dimensions to conform to ANSI B16.5. B. Solenoid Valves: 1. General: Valves shall be furnished by owner for installation by contractor. 2. Solenoid Valves (Plastic): The electric remote control valve shall be a normally closed 24 VAC 50/60 Hz (cycles /sec) solenoid actuated globe pattern design. The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 200 psi (13,80 bar). The valve body shall be constructed of heavy -duty, glass - filled UV resistant nylon and have stainless steel studs and flange nuts. Diaphragm shall be of nylon reinforced EPDM rubber. The valve shall have both internal and external manual open/close control (internal and external bleed) to manually open and close the valve without electrically energizing the solenoid. The valve's internal bleed shall prevent flooding of the valve box. The valve shall house a fully- encapsulated, one -piece solenoid. The solenoid shall have a captured plunger with a removable retainer for easy servicing and a leverage handle for easy turning. This 24 VAC 50/60 Hz solenoid shall open with 19.6 VAC minimum at 200 psi. At 24 VAC, average inrush current shall Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 10 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS not exceed 0.41 amps. Average holding current shall not exceed 0.28 amps. The valve shall have a brass flow control stem for accurate manual regulation and/or shut -off of outlet flow. The valve must open or close in less than 1 minute at 200 psi, and less than 30 seconds at 20 psi. The valve shall have a self - cleaning stainless steel screen designed for use in dirty water applications. The valve construction shall be such as to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. Valves shall be Rainbird PEB series. C. Manifold Master Valve 1. General: PVC butterfly valve - Asahi, Hayward, or approved equal, V- notch, PVC body, PVC disc, Viton seat, wafer type. Provide with complete flange kit for installation. Valve shall be configured for electronic actuator installation. 2. Actuator: Actuator shall be electric type, compatible with spray feature controller signal output. Actuator shall be fully waterproof type. D. Pressure Maintenance (Pressure Sustaining) Valves: 1. Hydraulically- operated, pilot - controlled modulating globe or angle pattern valve design. Main valve body shall be engineered plastic, with stainless steel trim, synthetic rubber disc, diaphragm of nylon fabric bonded to synthetic rubber. Provide with complete pilot assembly & all interconnecting tubing & related components required for pressure maintenance operation. E. Back Flow Preventers: 1. Backwater Valves: a. PVC Backwater Valves 1) PVC construction with EPDM flapper seal, threaded top for servicing, snap -in flapper assembly, pressure rated to 43 PSI. 2) Provide with valve extension kit and cap, length appropriate for bury depth of valve. 3) Conform to ASME /ANSI A112.14.1 for Backwater Valves 2.4 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Pump Connectors: Flexible pump connectors /expansion joints shall be of the molded spherical type. Neoprene and nylon construction with internal steel wire, molded within the raised face ends, for added strength. Pressure rated for 225 psi at 240 °F, with a minimum safety factor of 4 to 1. Flanges shall be one - piece, free - floating, class 150 galvanized plate steel type with tapped holes. 2.5 FOUNTAIN LIGHTING A. Fountain light fixtures shall be waterproof color- shifting LED fixtures, capable of DMX or similar control. B. Light fixtures shall be fully compatible with Fountain Lighting Control Panel. C. Light fixtures may be either integrated with fountain heads or may be seperate fixtures. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install all components in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the applicable codes. B. Provide all interconnection piping, tubing, wiring or other materials to connect equipment, controls, and all other components for complete & functional systems. This scope shall include all interlocks referred to in these specifications or on the drawings or to provide functionality required by the contract documents, as well as wiring connections between field- installed Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 11 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS equipment such as control panel skids and pump motors, control panel skids and UV control panel, grounding & bonding, etc. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating line - voltage and bonding installations with Division 26 contractor scope. 1. Field Wiring a. General: This list is only intended to provide a general idea of the amount of field wiring required, and may not include 100% of the field wiring scope required. Contractor shall be responsible for providing all field wiring for a complete & functional system as noted above. Contractor shall be responsible for providing wire sizing & wiring system design. b. Low Voltage 1) Water feature control panel to feature solenoid valves. 2) Water feature control panel to feature solenoid valves at water features on spray pad (where applicable). 3) Feature activators at spraypad to water feature control panel. 4) Diverter valve control wiring 5) Diverter valve open/closed signal input to water feature panel 6) UV control wiring from water feature controller to UV control panel. 7) Flow meters (and/or other sensors) to water feature control panel, VFD's, chemistry control panel, or other control panels. c. Line Voltage (120V/1 Ph, 480V/3 Ph, etc.) 1) Power wiring to breaker panel at skid system. 2) Power wiring to UV system control panel. 3) Grounding & bonding for all equipment, water features, activators, etc. 4) Power wiring from spray system control panel assembly to diverter. C. The contractor shall be responsible for providing design of all interlocks, wiring connections, piping connections, etc., that are not shown in detail in the contract documents or are not factory- provided in entirety by equipment manufacturer(s). D. All electrical work shall be permitted with the Authority Having Jurisdiction, and shall be performed by a licensed electrician. E. All electrical work in the mechanical room shall be provided per NEC requirements for wet areas. 1. This requirement shall generally apply to all electrical work scope required under this specification for the spray park system(s), unless specifically noted otherwise. F. All electrical work in chemical storage room(s) shall be provided per NEC requirements for wet areas. G. All assemblies shall be installed in accurate location (per architectural & pool mechanical design documents), in required location to surrounding finish grade, on footings. H. Spray feature supply piping shall be configured to gravity drain from water feature back to pipe trench at mechanical room. 3.2 BASIS OF DESIGN A. Piping & equipment layout shown on design drawings are based on water features as indicated on drawing schedules, including feature connection requirements, water flow rates, etc. Use of other brands of water features shall require the contractor to alter the piping configuration, pipe sizing, etc. to suit that manufacturer's water feature(s). 1. Water feature supply manifold shall have (minimum) the same number of valves indicated on the design drawings. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 12 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS 2. Zoning shown on the design drawings shall be used regardless of water feature manufacturer. 3. Contractor shall provide shop drawings indicating proposed design for pipe sizing and layout changes to Owner's Representative for approval. Approval by Owner's Representative shall be required prior to ordering or installation of any product or piping. 4. Contractor shall provide shop drawings indicating proposed location(s) of water features, including spray areas, verifying that spray areas are within the spray zones designated in the design drawings. Feature locations shall be approximately as shown on the design drawings, but may be relocated slightly to adjust for variance in spray areas between manufacturers. 3.3 VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Examine all fixtures & components and verify that equipment is undamaged and ready for field assembly. Return damaged and non - conforming products to the manufacturer. 3.4 PREPARATION FOR SERVICE A. New systems shall be purged of deleterious matter prior to system activation. B. The contractor shall inspect the entire system including electronic components in the presence of the Owner's representative. C. Ensure all spray feature nozzles are adjusted and secured to the satisfaction of the Owner's representative. 3.5 TRAINING & EQUIPMENT STARTUP A. Provide startup and adjustment services for spray park systems. Startup and adjustment for all systems & equipment shall be performed by spray park system manufacturer's factory representative. 1. Specialty equipment (including but not limited to chemistry controllers, UV systems, etc.) shall have startup performed by equipment manufacturer's factory representative. B. Provide minimum of 8 hours of training for Owner staff. Training shall be performed by spray park system manufacturer's factory representative. C. Contractor shall have spraypark systems completely installed and ready for factory startup prior to factory startup and Owner training. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner as well as suppliers & other contractors to determine timeframe for startup & training. 3.6 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Valves shall be installed with stems horizontal or above horizontal except for ball or butterfly valves, which may be installed with valve stems down. B. Gate valves shall not be used for throttling service. C. All other practices for valves shall be the same as for the system in which they are to be installed and the valve manufacturer's instructions. 3.7 WATER TREATMENT AND CIRCULATION SYSTEM A. Install the water treatment system per the manufacturer's instructions. Installation shall include installation of the skid system, feature manifold, piping connections, electrical connections, and installation of the complete water treatment & circulation system including all components shown on the drawings, specified herein, and/or required for complete and functional system(s). B. Provide all components & programming necessary to interlock pump, VFD, UV system, and spray feature control panel for functional system operation, including changing modes between normal operation & backwash, etc.). Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 13 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS 3.8 WATER STORAGE TANK A. Install the water storage tank system per the manufacturer's instructions. Installation shall include fabrication & installation of the tank anchorage system, installation of concrete around the tank access hatch, installation & compaction of backfill material, electrical connections, and piping connections. B. Installation shall be suitable for traffic rated areas. Traffic rating shall meet AASHTO HS20 standards. Provide all installation method(s), components, etc., required by tank manufacturer to meet traffic rated installation requirements. C. Contractor shall provide shoring as required to install tank in location indicated on drawings. D. Tank shall be installed slightly sloped towards bottom drain location, to facilitate drainage. 3.9 DEBRIS TRAP SYSTEM A. Install the debris trap system per the manufacturer's instructions. Installation shall include installation of the vault & foundation, piping connections, electrical connections, and installation of the diverter valves & strainer. 3.10 FILTERS A. Contractor shall provide filtration media for sand filters. 3.11 STRAINERS A. Wye - strainers shall be installed so that end caps & strainer elements are accessible for maintenance. 3.12 ULTRAVIOLET WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS A. The UV system shall be installed under the supervision of a factory- certified representative. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. The UV system shall be started up by a factory- certified agency. C. Provide installation for stand -alone operation. This includes automatic activation on spray park circulation pump activation, automatic wiper operation, local display of alarms, and any other controls and interlocks recommended by the manufacturer. 3.13 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES A. Warranty: Provide VFD warranty, for one year from date of startup, not to exceed 18 months from date of shipment. Warranty shall include parts, and labor allowance for repair hours. B. Examination 1. Verify that surface is suitable for VFD installation. 2. Do not install VFD until the building environment can be maintained, within the service conditions required by the manufacturer. C. Installation 1. Install VFD where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and NEMA ICS 3. 2. Tighten accessible connections and mechanical fasteners after placing VFD. 3. Provide a nameplate label on each VFD, identifying rated horsepower, full load amperes, model number, service factor and voltage /phase rating. D. Field Quality Control 1. Inspect completed installation for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. E. System Startup & Commissioning Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 14 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS 1. Provide the services of a qualified manufacturer's employed Field Service Engineer to assist the Customer the start-up and commissioning of the equipment specified under this section. Field Service personnel shall reside within the State in which the specified equipment is being installed and be factory trained with periodic updates and have experience with the same model of VFD on the job site. Sales representatives will not be permitted to perform this work. The manufacturer's service representative shall provide technical direction and assistance to the Customer in general assembly of the equipment, installation as specified in manufacturer's installation instructions, wiring, application dependant adjustments, and verification of proper VFD operation. a. The manufacturer's service representative shall perform the following minimum work: 1) Inspection and final adjustments. 2) Operational and functional checks of VFD. 2. Adjustments a. Adjust the VFD settings to meet project design & performance requirements. b. Coordinate with balancing contractor & spray park installer to test water circulation systems once installation is complete. If circulation system flows above maximum allowed by code when VFD is set to 100% speed setting, the following steps shall be taken: 1) Startup technician shall set minimum & maximum limits for VFD adjustment to ensure that recirculation system will not flow over maximum gpm allowed by code. 2) Startup technician shall lock minimum & maximum limits for VFD adjustment by setting password. (a) Password for this access level shall not be given to Owner. c. Coordinate with Owner's Representative to determine maximum gpm flow allowed by code. F. Configuration 1. VFD's shall be configured to adjust flow rate based on signal input from water feature control panel. 3.14 FOUNTAIN LIGHTING SYSTEM A. Contractor shall provide all components and accessories necessary for a complete & functional color- shifting LED fountain lighting system. B. Provide power & control (or combined power & control) wiring between Fountain Lighting Control Panel and lighting fixture(s) at fountain. All wiring shall be in conduit. Conduit systems shall be provided in accordance with NEC requirements for wet areas, and shall be fully gasketed & water- tight. C. Adjust light fixtures at fountain as directed by Owner's Representative for optimum lighting effects. 3.15 MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATION A. Manufacturer's representative shall provide on -site visits at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 12, 18, and 24 -month intervals following completion of construction for spray pad water treatment & circulation systems as part of this contract. B. Spray park system manufacturer shall provide a local contact for service & support. Local contact office shall be within 500 miles of project site. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 15 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 00- 16 of 16 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK SYSTEMS SECTION 22 53 13 SPRAY PARK PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide spray park piping as specified herein. B. Provide a complete and functional spray park system as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. Provide the general information listed below, and comply with paragraph "Detailed Submittal Instructions ". Partial and incomplete submissions shall be rejected without reviews. B. Manufacturer's product data. C. Record documents. 1.3 DETAILED SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Product Submittals: Submit complete set of product submittals, including all system components, piping, equipment, etc. Submittals must be approved by Owner's Representative prior to purchasing or installing any systems, components, or equipment. B. Project Record Documents: Provide a complete set of as -built drawings with actual locations of components & piping, including depth/elevations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suppliers: Equipment & accessories shall be designed, fabricated, installed and tested by a manufacturer with a minimum of 5 years' experience and at least 10 projects of similar size and scope. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. B. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during and after installation. The installer shall carefully inspect all material before beginning work and report any damage to the Owner's representatives before using said material. Any contractor- provided materials found to be unacceptable will be replaced at no cost to the Owner. C. All protective wrappings are to be left intact through installation and then removed upon completion. 1.6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS: A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All spray park specialty components shall be NSF certified. B. Provide all necessary components for a complete system. Some of these components may be shown only on the Plans, but shall be provided under this Specification. C. General materials, such as pipe supports, shall comply with Division 22 requirements. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 13- 1 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 SPRAY PARK PIPING 2.2 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: PVC, Type -1, Grade 1, ASTM D -1785; Schedule 80. B. Fittings And Flanges: ASTM D2467 (Schedule 80 socket) to match pipe system. C. Use flanges for metal to plastic connections with teflon bonded EPDM -AV gaskets to provide bubble tight sealing. Maximum bolt torque shall not exceed manufacturer's recommendations. D. Solvent Cement For PVC: Harrington 711 gray cement, or approved equal. E. Primer for PVC shall be Harrington 306 -P70 purple primer, or approved and shall be listed by IAPMO -UPC and NSF and meet ASTM F -656. F. The Contractor shall demonstrate proficiency in solvent welding to the satisfaction of the Owner's representative. Follow strictly the manufacturer's published instructions covering the recommended procedures for installing thermoplastic piping systems, including above ground installation, below ground installation, and including complete sand embedment, handling and storage of piping. G. Supports: Provide per Uniform Plumbing Code chapter 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install all components in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the applicable codes. B. Provide all inter connection piping, tubing, wiring or other materials to connect control or measurement components. 3.2 PVC PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: Install piping per plumbing code in force by the Authority Having Jurisdiction; include any referenced installation standards. B. Mechanical Joints: Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. C. Solvent Cementing: Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture, and an approved primer shall be applied. Solvent cement, shall be applied to all joint surfaces. The joint shall be made while the cement is wet, and in accordance with ASTM D 2846 or ASTM F493. Solvent cement joints shall be permitted above or below ground. D. Supports: Per Uniform Plumbing Code chapter 3. E. Joints Between Different Materials: Joints between different piping materials shall be made with a mechanical joint of the compression or mechanical sealing type. Connectors or adapters shall have an Elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM D1869 or ASTM F477. Joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Joints between different grades of plastic pipe or between plastic pipe and other piping material shall be made with an approved adapter fitting. F. Water Stops: Provide water stops at all spray pad deck connections and/or where recommended by spray pad equipment manufacturer. G. Pressure Tests: 1. All pressure tests shall be witnessed by the Owner's Representative and any defects corrected to his satisfaction. 2. Pressure piping: a. Test systems at 50 PSI for 2 hours without loss of pressure. 3. Gravity drain & non - pressurized piping: Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 13- 2 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK PIPING a. Test systems at 5 PSI for 24 hours without loss of pressure. H. Preparation for Service: New or repaired water systems shall be purged of deleterious matter. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 13- 3 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK PIPING SECTION 22 53 16 SPRAY PARK PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pumps for spray park systems. 1.2 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): 1. AISI 1045 - Cold Drawn Carbon Steel Bar, Type 1045 2. AISI 416 - Stainless Steel, Type 416 B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. C. American Society For Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A48 - Gray Iron Castings 2. B62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings D. National Safety Foundation (NSF): 1. Standard 50 - Equipment for Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs, and other Recreational Water Facilities 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. B. Product submittals. 1.4 DETAILED SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Product Submittals: Submit complete set of product submittals, including all system components, piping, equipment, etc. Submittals must be approved by Owner's Representative prior to purchasing or installing any systems, components, or equipment. Include installation instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suppliers: Equipment & accessories shall be designed, fabricated, installed and tested by a manufacturer with a minimum of 5 years' experience and at least 10 projects of similar size and scope. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. B. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during and after installation. The installer shall carefully inspect all material before beginning work and report any damage to the Owner's representatives before using said material. Any contractor- provided materials found to be unacceptable will be replaced at no cost to the Owner. C. All protective wrappings are to be left intact through installation and then removed upon completion. 1.7 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 16- 1 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 SPRAY PARK PUMPS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Head - capacity curves shall slope up to maximum head at shut -off. Select pumps near the midrange of the curve, so the design capacity falls to the left of the best efficiency point, to allow a cushion for the usual drift to the right in operation, without approaching the pump curve end point and possible cavitation and unstable operation. Provide self - priming pumps for open systems, and insure that required net positive suction head (NPSHR) does not exceed the net positive head available (NPSHA). B. Pump Driver: Furnish with pump. Size to be non - overloading at any point on the head - capacity curve including one pump operation in a parallel or series pumping installation. C. Overload Protection: Furnish external thermal overload protection for all pumps. Size per pump & motor manufacturer's recommendations. 2.2 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS, SELF - PRIMING A. Bronze -Body, Close- Coupled, Self - Priming, End Suction Type, with Removable Strainer: 1. The pump body shall be constructed of non - corrosive Bronze materials, and close - coupled to an electric motor by means of an adaptor of the same material. The pump body shall have a single suction port with a 6" ANSI Rated 125 bolt flange to the hair and lint strainer. A centerline discharge port of 4" ANSI Rated 125 bolt flange and a winterizing drain port of 1/4" NPT shall be a part of the design. 2. The pump shall be a back pullout design to allow servicing without disturbing piping. The impeller shall be of the closed type and Bronze materials, non - overloading at any point on the performance curve. The mechanical shaft seal shall be constructed of ceramic and carbon seal faces, with stainless steel, brass and Buna N materials in the spring bellows portion. The impeller shall be secured to the motor shaft by means of a stainless steel key and locking screw into the end of the motor shaft. The pump shall be capable of operating at up to 50 psi, 104 °F continuous water temperature. 3. The electric motor coupled to the pump shall be of the NEMA Rated series JM construction with stainless steel shaft inside a removable shaft sleeve of 300 series stainless steel. The motor shall be of an open, drip -proof design (unless otherwise specified) with double shielded, single row, deep groove ball bearings. Motors shall be continuous duty rated at 40 °C (or better) ambient and be suitable for outdoor installation. 4. Strainer: The pump strainer shall consist of a Bronze body, bronze cover with 0-ring seal, threaded locking bolts and a strainer basket of stainless steel. The strainer body shall be 6" ANSI Rated 150 bolt flanged suction ports. The strainer body shall have a removable drain plug for winterizing. The strainer basket shall be securely positioned below the suction inlet of the strainer, with access for inspection and cleaning through a removable strainer lid. The strainer lid shall be secured by means of two T handle nut assemblies. The strainer basket shall have a perforation, which in total open area is 5 times the area of the suction port. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's instructions for pump mounting and startup. B. Provide pumps for water treatment or water feature piping systems with spring vibration isolation or rubber -in -shear type isolators. C. Provide flexible connections at the suction & discharge connection of each pump. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 16- 2 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK PUMPS 3.2 STARTUP A. Verify that the piping system has been flushed, cleaned and filled. B. Prime the pump, vent all air from the casing and verify that the rotation is correct. To avoid damage to mechanical seals, never start or run the pump in dry condition. C. Perform field mechanical balancing if necessary to meet specified vibration tolerance. D. Full operational pump speeds shall be set during initial system balancing. Pump(s) shall not be set to operate in motor service factor. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 16- 3 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK PUMPS SECTION 22 53 19 SPRAY PARK WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide a complete spray park water chemistry control system as specified herein. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. Provide the general information listed below, and comply with paragraph "Detailed Submittal Instructions ". Partial and incomplete submissions shall be rejected without reviews. B. Shop drawings. C. Manufacturer's product data. D. Record documents. 1.3 DETAILED SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Shop Drawings: Provide complete shop drawings for spray park systems & components for review. Shop drawings must detail component and piping layout(s) for all areas having pool - related work scope, including but not limited to pool tank(s), mechanical room(s), etc. Shop drawings must be approved by the owner's technical representative prior to ordering or installing any systems, components, or equipment. B. Product Submittals: Provide complete submittal package including all contractor - provided spray system components, valves, etc., for review. Submittals must be approved by Owner's technical representative prior to ordering or installing any systems, components, or equipment. C. Project Record Documents: 1. Provide a complete set of as-built drawings with actual locations of components. 2. Provide documentation indicating final programmed swimming pool operational sequences. 3. Provide documentation indicating actual programmed sequences for all controlled items, including solenoid valves, modulating valves, chemistry controllers, UV systems, pumps, etc. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suppliers: Equipment & accessories shall be designed, fabricated, installed and tested by a manufacturer with a minimum of 5 years' experience and at least 10 projects of similar size and scope. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. B. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during and after installation. The installer shall carefully inspect all material before beginning work and report any damage to the Owner's representatives before using said material. Any contractor- provided materials found to be unacceptable will be replaced at no cost to the Owner. C. All protective wrappings are to be left intact through installation and then removed upon completion. 1.6 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 19- 1 of 8 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 SPRAY PARK WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CHEMISTRY CONTROLLER A. General: 1. The integrated pool equipment room control system shall provide continuous monitoring and control of sanitizers (standard ORP probe), oxidizers and pH. 2. Installation of the system shall be per the manufacture's specification and no exceptions shall be allowed. 3. A factory trained/authorized representative shall provide training to the owner. 4. The controller shall carry the following product certifications: UL 61010 -1, (CSA) C22.2 Number 61010 -1, European Union Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC EN 61010 -1, and FCC part 15 sub part B. B. Controller: The controller shall have 120 VAC; <1A fused input and shall come in a NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure. The controller shall come with 4 integral 3 A line or dry contact solid -state relay outputs, 1 integral 8A dry contact mechanical relay, 4 integral 3A dry contact mechanical relays, optional solid state relay expansion module with 5 integral 3A solid state dry contact or line powered relays and/or one or two mechanical relay expansion modules each containing 1 integral 8A and 4 integral 3A mechanical dry contact or line powered relays that shall allow assignment of master alarm and equipment room control. 1. Standard Display: a. The standard display shall be a backlit transflective LCD with 14 line x 40 alpha/numeric graphical characters that will continuously display information related to the following: 1) All installed sensor readings 2) Set points, with current control status 3) All active alarms, including time activated 4) Smart menus w/ integrated on- screen help b. Contrast adjustment of the backlit LCD shall be provided through clearly marked keys on the front -panel without the need for access to internal controller circuitry. After initial adjustment, controller shall monitor internal temperature and automatically adjust contrast to prevent LCD blackout in extreme ambient temperature conditions. Controllers that do not include front -panel contrast adjustment and automatic temperature compensation shall not be considered equal. c. The standard user interface shall include single -touch access to Set Points, Relay Modes, Calibrations, Menu access, and Reset Fail/Safes. An alphanumeric keypad shall be provided for ease of system configuration. C. Controller Functions: 1. pH Control: The controller shall continuously control pH. Chemical feed shall be configurable for feed -up, feed -down, or dual feed and either on/off or time -based proportional feed. 2. Sanitizer Control: The controller shall continuously control sanitizer based upon the ORP reading, the amperometric sensor, or both with a bracketed control program. Chemical feed shall be configurable for either on/off or time -based proportional feed. 3. Sanitizer Booster Feed: The controller shall have a sanitizer booster program with selectable ORP and /or ppm set points with separate ending set points, allowing the option of the booster sanitizer to control to a lower set point while the primary system can recovers. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 19- 2 of 8 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT 4. UV Control: The controller shall provide feed -up control of a UV system based upon ORP and/or ppm set points. A Fireman Cycle feature shall turn off the UV relay 0 to 60 minutes (settable) prior to backwash initiation or recirculation pump shutdown. The UV control algorithm shall include an Energy Conservation mode, with on/off set time and secondary set point. 5. Superchlorination: The controller shall have a programmable superchlorination function, based ORP or ppm superchlor setpoint, which is triggered manually. 6. Dechlorination: The controller shall have a programmable dechlorination function, based upon ORP or ppm dechlor setpoint, which is triggered either manually or by the completion of the superchlorination function. 7. LSI & RSI: The controller shall compute the Langelier Saturation Index and the Ryznar Saturation Index based upon current inputs and the Ca Hardness and Alkalinity entered by the operator. 8. Energy Conservation: a. Alternate Setpoints: The controller shall have alternate Sanitizer, Heater, and Autofill setpoints, based upon a 4 event 28 day timer. b. Energy Conservation Mode: The controller shall have the capability to disable all mechanical and chemical functions during programmed conservation cycle. The Energy Conservation Mode shall include the ability to periodically monitor and satisfy all operation requirements based upon a programmed time schedule. D. Control Outputs: 1. Relay Outputs: The controller shall come with a total of 4 integral line or dry contact 5A solid -state relay outputs capable of switching 3A under all normal operating conditions, accounting for the effects of the temperature gradient inside the NEMA 4X enclosure. Systems that utilize relays that are not de -rated must submit an engineering evaluation justifying the use of relays at their full, optimal- condition capacity. 2. Expansion Relay Outputs: The controller shall be capable of expanding the number of relay outputs available by adding up to 3 Solid State Relay NEMA 4X expansion modules, each providing 5 integral 5A solid state dry contact or line powered relays capable of switching 3A under all normal operating conditions. Systems that utilize relays that are not de -rated must submit an engineering evaluation justifying the use of relays at their full, optimal- condition capacity. 3. 4 -20mA Outputs: The controller shall come with four separately isolated 4 -20mA output signals with a load capacity of 4400 per output channel. Each output signal shall be independently configurable for either of the following functions: a. Any enabled input, scaled between two operator - defined end points. E. Safety Features: 1. Manual -On Limit: The controller shall have built -in limits to the amount of time any relay control output may be forced on (i.e. in Manual On mode). This is an important safety feature to prevent control outputs from inadvertently being left on after service or diagnostics. 2. High/Low Alarm Settings & Control Lockouts: a. The controller shall have programmable high and low alarm settings for pH, ORP, PPM, temperature, low flow & no flow and chemical overfeed, turbidity, pressure & vacuum, surge tank levels, chemical inventory. b. The controller shall have a programmable lockout of sanitizer feed upon pH high or low alarm. 3. No Flow Alarm & Restored Delay: Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 19- 3 of 8 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT a. The controller shall activate a No Flow alarm when the dedicated sample stream flow switch indicates there is insufficient flow through the sample stream. This No Flow alarm shall lockout all chemical feed control operations. b. The controller shall include a Flow Restored Delay, which shall extend the No Flow lockout user - programmable amount of time after the No Flow alarm ends (i.e. flow is restored). This feature is necessary to assure that the system has valid, stable sensor readings of circulating water prior to making chemical feed control decisions. 4. Feed Limit Alarms: The controller shall trigger a FailSafe alarm if a chemical feed relay remains on longer than the programmable Feed Limit Timer. Chemical feeds shall automatically be disabled if the corresponding reading goes into a FailSafe alarm condition. 5. Emergency Off: The controller shall have a dedicated Emergency Off button on the front panel of the system, which immediately halts all chemical feeds and control outputs when pressed. This feature shall be password protectable, which shall require entry of one of the Security passwords. 6. Safety Shield: The controller shall include a safety shield or other mechanism for allowing fuse replacement without access to high voltage circuitry or wiring. F. Security: The controller shall have (3) security password levels. Six logins shall be available for operators, (2) for managers, and (1) for the distributor providing for a history of access identified by the user. G. Data Logging: 1. The controller shall have 512K battery backed up RAM for input level recording and events. All input levels shall be recorded for 10 -56 days depending on the sample rate (2 -10 minutes). 2. The controller shall record and maintain the latest 1100 events over a maximum of 14 days recording all alarms, parameter changes, user logins, and operational cycles related to all control features. H. Local Alarm Indicators: The controller shall signal all alarm conditions with the following indicators: 1. Bright red flashing LED on the front of the controller. 2. Activation of a master alarm signal provided as a dry contact relay enabling use of 0 -240 VAC alarms. 3. Each active alarm listed on the LCD display along with time activated. I. Remote Communication, Access, & Alarm Notification: 1. Ethernet: The controller shall come with a standard, integral 100BaseT Ethernet connection. The controller shall be capable of providing remote access via computer with Ethernet connection and alarm notification via email or text message via an Ethernet connection to the internet. 2. Wireless Network: The controller shall be provided with the manufacturer's optional wifi expansion kit for remote communications. Provide kit with antenna, wiring, & all components necessary to wifi function. 3. Remote Operation: a. Provide controller manufacturer's Microsoft Windows -based graphical remote operation software for interactive control & monitoring from a computer. Software shall be Windows Vista compatible and have the following operational modes: 1) Site Database: For organizing and accessing multiple controllers on site or at multiple sites. 2) Graphical Operator's Console: To display current readings, setpoints, alarm points, Ryzner index, etc., in an easy -to -read graphical mode. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 19- 4 of 8 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT 3) Data Log Graphing: To review data logs with time - synchronized event data, data log traces shall be configurable, with color & line style selectable by operator. 4) Full Menu Tree: All system parameters accessible through a full menu tree interface. 5) Auto - Polling: To allow automatic download of data logs from all controllers in site database. 4. Alarm Notification: The controller shall be capable of providing alarm notification to (8) different recipients. Each recipient shall be individually configurable to receive alarm notification by one of the following methods: a. Email: Notification message shall include the system type, serial number, location, system ID, and all active alarms including the date & time each alarm was triggered. b. Text Message: Notification message shall include the system type, serial number, location, system ID, and all active alarms including the date & time each alarm was triggered. J. Warranty: 1. Controller shall be covered by a standard manufacturer's 5 year warranty. 2.2 SENSORS A. General: The controller shall be provided with the following sensors: 1. pH: The standard pH sensor shall have an ABS body with' 'A" NPT process connection and shall contain 32 milliliters of electrolyte gel. Inorganic electrolyte shall be used to avoid breakdown in the presence of strong oxidants. Each potentiometric sensor shall have a porous Teflon liquid junction to provide a stable, low impedance reference contact, and to prevent fouling and clogging of the liquid junction. The pH sensor range shall be 0 - 14. Each potentiometric sensor shall have a silver /silver chloride (Ag/AgCI) reference element. The pH element shall be a General Purpose Glass Membrane. The environmental characteristics for the potentiometric sensors shall be: temperature range 0 - 80 degrees C, pressure range 0 - 100 psig. 2. ORP: The standard ORP sensor shall have an ABS body with' 'A" NPT process connection and shall contain 32 milliliters of electrolyte gel. Inorganic electrolyte shall be used to avoid breakdown in the presence of strong oxidants. Each potentiometric sensor shall have a porous Teflon liquid junction to provide a stable, low impedance reference contact, and to prevent fouling and clogging of the liquid junction. The ORP sensor range shall be 0 - 1000 mV. Each potentiometric sensor shall have a silver /silver chloride (Ag /AgC1) reference element. The ORP sensing element shall be a solid platinum or gold band, not a plated substrate which is susceptible to abrasives. The ORP sensing element shall have a minimum of lcm2 surface area. The environmental characteristics for the potentiometric sensors shall be: temperature range 0 - 80 degrees C, pressure range 0 - 100 psig. 3. Temperature: The standard temperature sensor will be a 2 wire, 100 ohm resistive temperature detector (RTD) with a 0.00385 Alpha. Provide (2) temperature sensors per controller. 4. Pressure: Each flowcell shall be equipped with a pressure- sensing device. The pressure sensor shall consist of a compound pressure /vacuum gauge manufactured in stainless steel, 2 'A" diameter, liquid filled with an operating pressure range of 0 to 60 psig and vacuum of 0 to —30 in./ Hg. 5. Pressure Transducers: The controller shall provide an measurement of influent/ effluent filter system pressures utilizing transducers. The transducers may have an operating range from 0 to 20 PSI through 0 to 100 PSI with an output of 4 to 20 mA. The transducers must have a < +/- 2% span max @ 25° C which includes linearity, hysteresis and repeatability, Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 19- 5 of 8 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT 0.25% static error band and 1.5% typical thermal error band. The wetted components of the transducer shall be stainless steel with plumbing connections of 1/4 ". 6. Flow Cell: a. PVC Flow Cell: 1) The flowcell shall have a PVC body with two Y2" NPT ports for pH and ORP sensors, two '/o "NPT ports for temperature sensor installation, and a clear acrylic front viewing window. The flowcell design shall provide precise sample flow rate and water velocity regulation past the probes. The flowcell shall come provided with PVC Y2" isolation ball valves, PVC 'A" wet test valve and standard reed or optional rotary flow switch. 2) Each flowcell shall be equipped with a pressure- sensing device. The pressure sensor shall consist of a compound pressure /vacuum gauge manufactured in stainless steel, 2 ' /z" diameter, liquid filled with an operating pressure range of 0 to 60 psig and vacuum of 0 to —30 in./ Hg. B. Warranty: 1. Standard sensors shall be covered by a standard manufacturer's 2 year warranty. 2. Optional sensors and flow cell components shall be covered by a standard manufacturer's 1 year warranty. 2.3 CHEMISTRY CONTROL COMPONENTS A. General: 1. Provide a complete chemistry control system. B. Solid Chlorine System: 1. Chlorinator: Polyethylene or engineered plastic tank and spray chamber. a. 62 pound briquette capacity. 2. Pump: a. 3/4 hp, 120 volt, 1 phase booster pump. 3. Venturi: Plastic venturi fitting shall mix and diffuse liquid from chlorinator into spray park water stream. 4. Piping: Schedule 80 PVC, ASTM D 1785, Type -1, Grade 1. 5. Chlorine Media: a. Chlorine Briquettes: 6.5 -7.5 grams per briquette, 65% minimum available chlorine by weight, with scale inhibitors in briquette mixture. b. Provide initial supply of chlorine briquettes, quantity as required to fill chlorinator as indicated above. C. Carbon Dioxide pH Control System: 1. Carbon Dioxide Pressure Regulator: Two -tank pressure regulator to control carbon dioxide from 800 PSI to between 50 and 60 PSI. Tank preference can be set. Unit automatically switches tanks when preferred tank is empty. Regulator shall include high pressure braided wire connecting tubing from carbon dioxide cylinders to pressure regulator. 2. Injectors: Bypass line mounted injectors for carbon dioxide shall mix and diffuse gasses into spray park water stream. 3. Carbon Dioxide Control Unit: Unit shall control flow rate and shall cycle carbon dioxide on and off. Unit shall consist of a pressure reducing valve, feed unit with rate of flow adjustment (0 to 30 standard cubic feet per hour), check valve, automatic change over solenoid and high density polyethylene tubing between pressure regulator and control unit. Unit shall be pressure rated to 100 PSI. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 19- 6 of 8 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT 4. Tubing: Provide high density thick -wall polyethylene tubing, or other material as recommended by the chemistry control equipment manufacturer. 5. Piping: Schedule 80 PVC, ASTM D 1785, Type -1, Grade 1. Provide this piping between the control panel and sensor, to the extent recommended by the control panel manufacturer. 6. Gas Supply: a. Not provided under this contract. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Chemical Locker: 1. General: The chemical locker shall be field- fabricated or may be a manufactured item. 2. Enclosure: 11 -gauge fully welded carbon steel enclosure, divided into 2 equal compartments by an 11 -gauge fully welded carbon steel internal full - length divider. Entire interior & exterior of enclosure shall be coated with a corrosion & UV resistant acrylic urethane. Each compartment in the enclosure shall have a seperate duct collar for connection to mechanical room exhaust ductwork. Unit shall be provided with NFPA 704 placard and numbering kit. Unit shall be supplied with 6 feet of #6 copper grounding wire & grounding clamp. 3. Doors: Each compartment shall have its own hinged, lockable door. Each door shall have an integral louver to allow airflow into the chemical locker. 4. Sump: The chemical locker shall be configured to allow roll -in access for chemical storage containers. The sump shall cover nearly the entire floor area of each containment area. The top of the sump shall sit approximately flush with floor elevation, with floor surface sloped to drain towards the sump. The actual containmnent sump shall be a slab depression and grating system forming a containment sump. Each section of the chemical locker shall have its own fully seperate containment sump. a. Refer to architectural and structural documents for information regarding sump construction and detailing. b. Each sump shall be capable of containing a minimum of 53 gallons. 5. Grating: Provide molded or pultruded fiberglass grating at containment sumps. 6. Grating Supports: Supporting members shall be molded or pultruded fiberglass structural angle, channel, or I -beam sections. 7. Ventilation a. General: Each compartment shall be provided with fully seperate ventilation, including fan, ductwork, and wall cap or louver. b. Fan: Fan shall be inline type, of PVC or engineered plastic construction, designed for installation in wet or damp areas. c. Ductwork: Ductwork shall be schedule 40 PVC piping with glued fittings. d. Wall Cap: Wall cap shall be of PVC or metal construction. If metal construction, wall cap shall be fully coated to resist corrosion. Wall cap shall be provided with backdraft damper and insect screen. e. Controls: Fans shall be provided with wall switch for operation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide all installation necessary for a complete and operational spray park water chemistry control system. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and local codes and ordinances. B. Provide all electrical installation required to include connection of the chemistry control panel, pumps, valves, sensors, and the like. Electrical installation shall be per the equipment Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 19- 7 of 8 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT manufacturer's instructions. Electrical installation shall include wire, conduit, outlets, breakers, and any other devices for a complete and functional system. 1. Contractor shall be responsible for providing design & engineering for all field- installed wiring systems, including but not limited to interlocks, control wiring, etc. C. Firmly support all piping. Run piping so that it will be out of the traveled way, and will not constitute a hazard for maintenance or tripping. D. Provide grounding for all equipment as required by equipment manufacturer. Refer to electrical specifications for grounding materials & methods. E. Install all piping and tubing per the manufacturer's instructions. F. All chemical feeders and feed pumps shall be interlocked with the spray park water circulation system pumps and chemistry controller(s). Chemical feed equipment shall be deactivated when no flow is present in spray park water circulation system. 3.2 CONTROLS A. Provide all manufacturer - specific components and accessories needed to accomplish the following system tasks: 1. ORP Monitoring 2. pH Monitoring 3. ORP Control (Chlorine Control) 4. pH Control 3.3 CHEMICAL LOCKER A. Each chemical storage compartment shall be fully seperated from the other(s). B. Provide caulking at bottom edges of locker where it rests on floor to seal each compartment from leaking into mechanical room. Caulking shall be compatible with liquid muriatic acid & liquid chlorine. C. Support PVC ventilation ductwork/piping as required by Uniform Plumbing Code chapter 3 requirements for PVC piping. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 19- 8 of 8 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SPRAY PARK WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT SECTION 22 53 23 WATER FEATURES & ACTIVATORS FOR SPRAY PARKS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide complete spray feature & activator installation in accordance with the drawings, the standards set forth in this section, Health Code requirements, and requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing & Materials (ASTM): 1. F 1487 - Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use 2. F2373 - Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Public Use Play Equipment for Children 6 Months through 23 Months B. United States Department of Justice: 1. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act Standards for Accessible Design 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. Provide the general information listed below, and comply with paragraph "Detailed Submittal Instructions ". Partial and incomplete submissions shall be rejected without reviews. B. Manufacturer's product data. C. Record documents. 1.4 DETAILED SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Product Submittals: Provide complete submittal package including all contractor - provided spray system components, valves, etc., for review. Submittals must be approved by Owner's technical representative prior to ordering or installing any systems, components, or equipment. B. Project Record Documents: Provide a complete set of as-built drawings with actual locations of components & piping, including depth/elevations. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suppliers: Equipment & accessories shall be designed, fabricated, installed and tested by a manufacturer with a minimum of 5 years' experience and at least 10 projects of similar size and scope. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00 for product storage and handling. B. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during and after installation. The installer shall carefully inspect all material before beginning work and report any damage to the Owner's representatives before using said material. Any contractor - provided materials found to be unacceptable will be replaced at no cost to the Owner. C. All protective wrappings are to be left intact through installation and then removed upon completion. 1.7 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 23- 1 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 WATER FEATURES & ACTIVATORS FOR SPRAY PARKS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All spray feature specialty components shall be NSF certified. B. Provide all necessary components for a complete system. Some of these components may be shown only on the Plans, but shall be provided under this Specification. C. Provide flange connections or unions for all equipment connections. D. Provide electrical grounding & bonding for all spray features & activators with metal components /construction. Grounding & bonding materials & methods shall be per electrical specifications for grounding & bonding. Contractor shall provide design & layout for grounding & bonding systems. E. Electrical connections for all water features shall be provided in conduit and shall be completely watertight. F. Electrical wiring inside water features shall be run in conduit and shall be completely watertight. G. Finishes for all water features shall be coordinated with Architect. 2.2 SPRAY FEATURES: A. General: 1. Provide spray feature manufacturer's recommended footings & mounting components for all features & activators. Aquatic play features will be supplied with all necessary anchoring hardware and installation templates to accommodate site work. 2. Accessories: All hardware, fittings, & accessories shall be provided as necessary to complete installation. Anchors & anchor fasteners shall be stainless steel. Lag bolts shall be stainless steel with flat type vandal -proof heads. Tamper proof hardware shall be stainless steel. Provide (2) tools to owner for each type & size for all tamper proof hardware. 2.3 ACTIVATORS A. Activation device shall be fully encapsulated within a powder coated aluminum casing with a 316 stainless steel button, and be UV, moisture, graffiti, and impact resistant. The activation sensors send a direct signal to the controller to start a pre - programmed sequence of water play activities within the aquatic play pad. B. Activation device shall be touch -type. Pushbutton activators are not acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install all components in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the applicable codes. B. All protective wrappings are to be left intact through installation and then removed upon completion. C. All assemblies shall be installed in accurate location (per architectural & pool mechanical design documents), in required location to surrounding finish grade, on footings. D. Where water features are to be installed in rockwork items, contractor shall coordinate with water feature manufacturer and rockwork manufacturer or builder to ensure timely product delivery and that all necessary components, such as piping, fittings, hardware, wiring, conduit, etc., are provided for complete installation. Refer to architectural and civil documents for rockwork items. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 23- 2 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 WATER FEATURES & ACTIVATORS FOR SPRAY PARKS E. Provide grounding & bonding for all water features & activators. F. Where water features are to be installed in faux rockwork items, contractor shall coordinate installation so that pressure testing for all features & feature piping is completed and approved while steel support framework for faux rockwork is still exposed, and prior to faux rockwork being completed. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 23- 3 of 3 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 WATER FEATURES & ACTIVATORS FOR SPRAY PARKS SECTION 22 53 27 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR SPRAY PARKS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, materials, software, hardware, programming, design work, & any other item or work required for the spray park system to function as specified herein and as described in the rest of the project documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 1 submittal procedures. Provide the general information listed below, and comply with paragraph "Detailed Submittal Instructions ". Partial and incomplete submissions shall be rejected without reviews. B. Shop drawings. C. Record documents. 1.3 DETAILED SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Shop Drawings: Provide complete shop drawings for swimming pool systems & components specified herein for review. B. Project Record Documents: Provide documentation indicating final programmed swimming pool operational sequences. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suppliers: Equipment & accessories shall be designed, fabricated, installed and tested by a manufacturer with a minimum of 5 years' experience and at least 10 projects of similar size and scope. 1.5 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00 for execution and closeout requirements. B. Refer to Section 01 78 00 for closeout submittal procedures. C. Refer to Section 01 79 00 for Demonstration and Training. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT USED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Flow rates shall be monitored /verified by flow meter(s). B. Spray feature control panel CP -1 shall function as display device for flowmeter FM -1. 1. CP -1 interface shall be programmed to display current flowmeter reading on main screen. C. Pressure sustaining valve PMV -1 functions automatically to maintain pressure setpoint at water feature manifold. If pressure exceeds setpoint, valve opens to bypass water to water storage tank. D. Chemistry control panel CP -3 shall monitor & adjust water chemistry levels to maintain water quality under all modes of operation except off -season (when system is drained). E. If chemistry panel CP -3 detects water chemistry values outside WAC 246 -260 requirements, all feature solenoid valves will shut off, manifold master valve will shut, and system will continue to recirculate water for 15 minutes or until water chemistry is within WAC 246 -260 requirements. If water chemistry is not within spec within 45 minutes, chemistry controller Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 27- 1 of 5 Bid Documents - 2015/12/09 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR SPRAY PARKS shall trigger a general alarm, and spraypark shall be disabled until water chemistry control is restored. F. Chemical feed systems shall be configured & programmed so that chemical feeds will be locked out if there is no water flow in the recirculation system. G. Manifold master valve shall be configured to open only when there is an active sequence calling for water flow to the spray pad, or when an auto -flush sequence is enabled. Master valve shall close when there are no active feature cycles. H. Debris trap shall be configured operate in "return" mode (water flowing to storage tank) only when a water feature cycle is activated. Debris trap shall return to "diverter" mode (water flowing to storm drain) when there are no active water feature cycles (i.e. water feature cycles activated by a user on the spray pad, or pre - programmed sequences such as In- Season, Open Hours Auto -Flush Sequence, or In- Season, Spray Park Pre - Treatment Sequence). I. Ultraviolet water treatment system UV -1 shall be interlocked with water feature control panel CP -1. 1. UV system shall be disabled if water feature control panel is off or is otherwise disabled. 2. Water feature control panel CP -1 shall disable water feature system if UV system is in an alarm condition or is otherwise disabled. J. Provide all components & programming to interlock variable frequency drive VFD -1 with water feature control panel CP -1. K. Fountain features mounted on top of columns in center of spray park shall not operate at same time as ground spray features. 3.2 FLOW RATES A. General: all flow rates shall be adjustable by the end user via the touchscreen on water feature control panel CP -1. B. Minimum recirculation flow rate: 150 GPM 1. Under no conditions shall minimum recirculation rate be reduced below code minimum recirculation rate for this system of 134 GPM. C. Maximum feature flow rate: 210 GPM 1. Where maximum possible feature flows (100% of features activated) may exceed listed maximum feature flow rate, the programming sequences must be configured so that the listed maximum feature flow rate is not exceed under any circumstances. 2. Note that maximum feature flow rate is set and limited by the variable frequency drive VFD -1. Any sequences that open all feature valves (such as In -Season Spray Park Pretreatment, or In- Season Mid -Day Auto - Flush) may function but will result in reduced water spray effects from each feature. D. Minimum feature flow rate: 150 GPM E. Backwash flow rate: 105 GPM F. Maximum fountain flow rate: 210 GPM 3.3 PUMP SPEED CONTROL A. VFD -1 shall control pump PP -1. VFD -1 shall receive enable /disable and speed setpoint signals from water feature control panel CP -1. B. When no water features are activated, VFD -1 shall modulate pump PP -1 flow rate to maintain minimum recirculation rate. C. GPM speed setpoints for VFD -1 shall be adjusted based on GPM readings from flowmeter FM -1. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 27- 2 of 5 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR SPRAY PARKS D. When water features are activated, VFD -1 shall modulate pump PP -1 flow rate to the maximum feature flow rate. E. In backwash mode, VFD -1 shall set modulate pump PP -1 to backwash flow rate. This flow rate is intended for backwashing (1) filter at a time only. 3.4 DEBRIS TRAP CONTROL A. General: debris trap shall be configured to operate in recirculation mode only when there is an active water feature sequence or an auto -flush sequence active. B. Recirculation mode: diverter valve shall be closed. Water from spray pad shall drain through debris trap to water storage tank. C. Diverter mode: diverter valve shall be opened. Water from spray pad shall drain through debris trap to storm drain system. 3.5 IN- SEASON, SPRAYPARK PRE - TREATMENT SEQUENCE: A. General: pre- treatment sequence shall be run for 30 minutes (minimum) prior to spraypark opening for use. B. Debris trap DT -1 shall be set to spraypark circulation mode. C. Activate pump PP -1 at maximum feature flow rate. D. Activate ultraviolet water treatment system UV -1. E. Open all water feature solenoid valves for a minimum of (5) minutes to ensure all water in supply lines is replaced. F. Activate pump PP -1 at full operational flow rate. G. At close of auto -flush sequence, set system to "in- season, operational hours" mode. 3.6 IN- SEASON, MID -DAY AUTO - FLUSH: A. General: auto -flush sequence shall be used/activated automatically by spray feature control panel CP -1 whenever spraypark system has not been manually actuated for 2 hours. Purpose of auto -flush sequence is to maintain required water chemistry in feature supply lines during operational hours. B. Debris trap DT -1 shall be set to spraypark circulation mode. C. Activate pump PP -1 at maximum feature flow rate. D. Activate ultraviolet water treatment system UV -1. E. Open all water feature solenoid valves for a minimum of (5) minutes to ensure all water in supply lines is replaced. F. At close of auto -flush sequence: 1. Close all water feature solenoid valves. 2. Close manifold master valve. 3. VFD -1 shall decrease pump PP -1 flow rate to minimum recirculation flow rate. 4. Change debris trap to diverter mode. 3.7 IN- SEASON, OPERATIONAL HOURS MODE: A. Activate PP -1 at minimum recirculation flow rate. B. Debris trap DT -1 shall be set to diverter mode. C. Activate ultraviolet water treatment system UV -1. D. Upon signal from activator bollard: 1. Change debris trap to recirculation mode. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 27- 3 of 5 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR SPRAY PARKS 2. Open manifold master valve. 3. Open water feature solenoid valves according to programmed sequence(s). 4. VFD -1 shall increase pump PP -1 flow rate to maximum feature flow rate. E. At end of water feature sequence: 1. Close all water feature solenoid valves. 2. Close manifold master valve. 3. VFD -1 shall decrease pump PP -1 flow rate to minimum recirculation flow rate. 4. Change debris trap to diverter mode. 3.8 IN- SEASON, OFF -HOURS MODE: A. Debris trap DT -1 shall be set to diverter mode. B. Activate ultraviolet water treatment system UV -1. C. Manifold master valve shall be closed. D. All water feature solenoid valves shall be closed. E. Activate pump PP -1 at minimum recirculation flow rate. 3.9 BACKWASH MODE: A. General: backwash sequences are designed to backwash (1) filter at a time. B. Manifold master valve shall be closed. C. All water feature solenoid valves shall be closed. D. Feature loop pump PP -1 shall be deactivated. E. Manually set multi -port valve to backwash position. F. Activate pump PP -1 at backwash flow rate for 3 -5 minutes to backwash filter completely. G. At end of backwash cycle: 1. Deactivate pump PP -1. 2. Manually set multi -port valve to normal circulation mode. 3. Reset system to either "in- season, during spraypark operational hours" or "in- season, off hours" mode. 3.10 OFF - SEASON MODE: A. General: spraypark system shall be completely drained (including holding tank, filters, debris trap, & all piping) & deactivated. B. Close all automatic fill and makeup water valves. C. Open manual valves in pipe trench for each water feature supply pipe to drain feature supply piping system into pipe trench. D. Close manifold master valve & all solenoid valves. Open each solenoid valve (1 at a time) and use compressed air to clear remaining water from pipes. E. Open water storage tank drain valve in catchbasin and allow to drain. F. Open diverter drain valve in catchbasin and allow to drain. G. Open filter drain valve(s) and allow to drain. H. Open drain ports at bottom of wye strainers and allow to drain. I. Open drain ports at bottom of hair /lint strainers and allow to drain. J. Activate sump pump system in catchbasin. K. Debris trap DT -1 shall be set to diverter mode. Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 27- 4 of 5 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR SPRAY PARKS L. Debris trap DT -1 diverter valve shall be scheduled to automatically cycle through its complete operational range once each week. 3.11 WATER FOUNTAIN MODE: A. General 1. Fountain features mounted on top of columns in center of spray park shall not operate at same time as ground spray features. 2. Generally, water fountain mode shall be similar to spray feature modes described above except as modified in this section. 3. Water Fountain Mode shall be activated manually and/or by preset time schedule. Schedules shall be fully user programmable, with a 7 -day schedule program. 4. When activated, Water Fountain Mode shall take precedence over spray feature modes described elsewhere in this section. B. Fountain Lighting: Lighting fixtures at water fountain shall be programmed to synchronize with fountain head operation. Lighting shall be active /operating only when fountain features are operational. C. Fountain Programs /Scenes 1. General: Provide a minimum of (3) pre - programmed scenes for fountain operation, including fountain head and fountain lighting sequencing. 2. Fountain scenes (including lighting and fountain operation) shall be fully programmable by the end user to allow the creation of custom scenes and /or modification of pre - programmed scenes. D. Water Fountain Mode Sequences 1. Activate PP -1 at maximum fountain flow rate. 2. Debris trap DT -1 shall be set to recirculation mode. 3. Activate ultraviolet water treatment system UV -1. 4. Open manifold master valve. 5. Open water fountain feature solenoid valves according to programmed sequence. 6. At end of water fountain mode sequence: a. Close all water fountain feature solenoid valves. b. Close manifold master valve. c. VFD -1 shall decrease pump PP -1 flow rate to minimum recirculation flow rate. d. Change debris trap to diverter mode. e. System mode shall reset to either "In- Season, Operational Hours Mode" or "In- Season, Off -Hours Mode" depending on time of day and scheduled spray park operating hours. END OF SECTION Federal Way Town Square Spray Park 22 53 27- 5 of 5 Bid Documents - 2015/11/09 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR SPRAY PARKS SECTION 312000 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Excavation, Filling Grading and Compaction. 2. Bases for slabs -on- grade. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 033000 "Cast -in -place concrete ". 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation. 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Bedding Course: Layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. C. Borrow: Satisfactory soil imported from off -site for use as fill or backfill. D. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations. 1. Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Architect. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Bulk Excavation: Excavations more than 10 feet (3 m) in width and pits more than 30 feet (9 m) in either length or width. 3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation. E. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. F. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and boulders of rock material exceeding 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) for bulk excavation or 3/4 cu. yd. 312000 - 1 Earthwork (0.57 cu. m) for footing, trench, and pit excavation that cannot be removed by rock excavating equipment equivalent to the following in size and performance ratings, without systematic drilling, ram hammering, ripping, or blasting, when permitted: 1. Excavation of Footings, Trenches, and Pits: Late - model, track- mounted hydraulic excavator; equipped with a 42 -inch- (1065 -mm -) wide, short- tip- radius rock bucket; rated at not less than 120 -hp (89 -kW) flywheel power with bucket - curling force of not less than 25,000 lbf (111 kN) and stick -crowd force of not less than 18,700 lbf (83 kN); measured according to SAE J -1179. 2. Bulk Excavation: Late - model, track - mounted loader; rated at not less than 210 -hp (157 - kW) flywheel power and developing a minimum of 45,000 -lbf (200 -kN) breakout force; measured according to SAE J -732. G. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and boulders of rock material 3/4 cu. yd. (0.57 cu. m) or more in volume that when tested by an independent geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D 1586, exceeds a standard penetration resistance of 100 blows /2 inches (97 blows /50 mm). H. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. I. Subbase Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and base course for asphalt paving, or layer placed between the subgrade and a concrete pavement or walk. J. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. K. Utilities include on -site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings. L. Standard Specifications: Reference in this section to the Standard Specifications shall mean the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction" prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the American Public Works Association as adopted by the City. All construction work shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the Standard Specifications. All items in the Standard Specifications relating to payment, change orders claims, time and the like are not applicable to this contract. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated: 1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each on -site or borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill. 2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 1557 for each on -site or borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill. 312000 - 2 Earthwork 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving adjacent facilities unless permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission. 3. Contact utility- locator service for area where Project is located before excavating. B. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies to shut off services if lines are active. C. Barricade open excavations and post warning lights and other devices as required by applicable codes and laws. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities, pavements, existing vegetation, and other facilities immediately adjacent to excavations from damages caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, wash -out, and other hazards. D. Existing site conditions & drawings: Prior to submitting a bid, the Contractor shall examine the existing conditions of the site and shall submit in writing, prior to submitting his or her bid, to the Architect any concerns or discrepancies of existing site to conditions indicated on plans. Submittal of a bid shall indicate acceptance that the representation of the existing conditions on the bid drawings are acceptable to the contractor and no claim shall be made regarding any discrepancy. E. Contractor, by submitting a bid, acknowledges that this geographical region experiences an extensive rainy season. Contractor acknowledges that it is experienced with working on and accomplishing similar projects during this rainy season and has prepared its bid taking the impacts of the rainy season on the progress of the work into full consideration. Accordingly, neither the Architect nor the Owner will authorize additional costs or extensions of time to the contract unless the job site experiences a twenty-five (25) year (or greater) storm event, in which case adjustments to the contract amount or time may be allowed, depending on the particular facts and circumstances at that time, as determined by the Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM, or a combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches (75 mm) in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols. 312000 - 3 Earthwork 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. D. Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials. E. Subbase: In compliance with 9 -03.10 of the Standard Specifications or as indicated on the drawings. F. Base: In compliance with 9- 03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications or as indicated on the drawings. G. Engineered Fill: In compliance with 9- 03.14(1) of the Standard Specifications. H. Bedding: In compliance with 9- 03.12(3) of the Standard Specifications. I. Crushed Stone: As indicated on the drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary. C. Provide erosion - control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil - bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkway as required to prevent erosion or runoff, regardless if shown on the drawings or not. D. Ground Surface Within Building, Pavement, and Landscape Development Areas: Stripped of vegetation, soils containing organic material, and unacceptable surface soils. Remove above and below grade improvements not required to remain. 1. Remove roots 0.5 inch diameter and larger. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. 2. Install a dewatering system to keep subgrades dry and convey ground water away from excavations. Maintain until dewatering is no longer required. If necessary, provide baker tank for temporary storage at no additional cost. 3.3 EXCAVATION, GENERAL 312000 - 4 Earthwork A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered, including rock, soil materials, and obstructions. 1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials at no additional cost. 3.4 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES (See division 33 Site Utilities) 3.5 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. Do not compact subgrade under areas to receive porous paving sections. B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. 1. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. C. Proof roll subgrade in the presence of the Owner's representative with heavy pneumatic -tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof roll wet or saturated subgrades. D. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect. 3.6 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used when approved by Architect. Filling of unauthorized excavations will be at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by Architect. 3.7 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Inspecting and testing underground utilities. 2. Removing concrete formwork. 3. Removing trash and debris. 4. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 5. As built and photo documentation of the installed rain and footing drain lines. 3.8 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL (see Division 34) 312000 - 5 Earthwork 3.9 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Spread in layers, scarify, disc and harrow and air -dry otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight until optimum moisture content is obtained. See paragraph 1.5 F above. 3.10 COMPACTION OF BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 to 10 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches (100 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by hand- operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557: 1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, walks, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches (300 mm) of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent. 2. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 85 percent. 3.11 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from building pad and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: 1. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch (13 mm). C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch (13 mm) when tested with a 10 -foot (3 -m) straightedge. 3.12 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE 312000 - 6 Earthwork A. Drainage Piping: Drainage pipe is specified in Division 33 Section "Site Utilities." 3.13 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES A. Under pavements and walks, place subbase course on prepared subgrade and as follows: 1. Place base course material over subbase in depths indicated on the drawings 2. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. 3. Shape subbase and base to required crown elevations and cross -slope grades. 4. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches (150 mm) or less, place materials in a single layer. 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner may engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform field quality- control testing. B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. If any of the areas tested fail to meet specifications in any way, they shall be excavated and re- filled and compacted as directed by the Architect at no additional expense to the Owner. The area in question shall then be retested by the Owner's testing lab or Soils Engineer and the cost of this retest shall be paid for by the Contractor, either by direct payment or by change order. 3.15 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Cover, straw or seed any area left exposed to weather or as required by the City, at no additional expense to the Owner. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances, at no additional cost to the Owner, where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to contractor's subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and recompact. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing at no additional cost to the Owner if, in the Architect's opinion, the settlement is due to improper installation on the Contractor's part. 312000 - 7 Earthwork 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 3.16 TIMING AND DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Timing and Disposal: All of the existing material not reusable on the site shall be transported off site at no additional cost to the Owner. Remove waste material, including trash and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property at no additional cost. END OF SECTION 312000 - 8 Earthwork SECTION 334100 UNDERGROUND PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General: A. Related Documents: The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions shall apply to the work specified in this Section. B. Description of Work: The work of this Section shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to complete the Spray Park work as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. C. Work Included: The work of this Section shall include, but is not limited to the following: 1. Trenching, bedding and backfilling for spray park piping and conduit. D. Quality Assurance: 1. Specifications: References in these Specifications to the "Standard Specifications" shall mean the current Standard Specifications for Roads, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the American Public Works Association as adopted by the City. All construction work shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the Standard Specifications. All items in the Standard Specifications relating to payment, change orders claims, time and the like are not applicable to this contract. E. Submittals: Submit four (4) copies of manufacturer's data on all required piping and conduit materials prior to start of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General: A. All materials shall be delivered in sound condition. Care should be taken to protect any exterior coatings and linings during all phases of the work. Place no material of any kind inside any piece of pipe or fitting during handling, storage or transit. Materials shall be stored in a protected area. B. Any damaged item shall be repaired, as directed, if in the opinion of the Architect can be made; otherwise, the damaged section shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. C. All conduit systems shall be constructed from the materials shown and to the lines, grades and dimensions shown. Where not shown, the conduits shall be located to avoid interference with other features or utilities. 334100 -1 Underground piping 2.2 Materials: A. Trenching & Backfilling: 1. Bedding Material: Shall be clean sand/gravel mixture free from organic matter and conforming to Section 9- 03.12(3) of the Standard Specifications. 2. Trench Backfill: a. Trench Backfill: Shall be naturally occurring or screened gravel, essentially free from various types of wood waste or other extraneous or objectionable materials conforming to Section 9 -03.19 of the Standard Specifications. b. Material shall be obtained from required excavations or other Contractor furnished sources approved by the Architect. B. Electrical: NEC rated conduits as indicated on the drawings or as allowed by the NEC (National Electrical Code). D. Sanitary: As indicated on the drawings or as allowed by the City. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 General: A. Coordination: Coordinate all utility installation and connections with appropriate utility companies and the City. Patching of street crossings, sidewalks, curbs and gutters, asphalt or concrete shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications and City Standard Plans. B. All utility conduit or piping and fittings shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, the drawings, these specifications, and in the best commercial trade practice. Any special tools required for laying, jointing, cutting, etc., shall be supplied and properly used. All pipe or conduit shall be thoroughly cleaned before laying and shall be kept clean until accepted in the completed work and when laid, shall conform accurately to the lines and grades given. At all times during pipe or conduit laying operations, the trench shall be kept free of water. C. All electrical conduit and handholes shall be installed by a licensed electrician and in strict accordance with the NEC, the drawings, these specifications, and in the best commercial trade practice. Any special tools required for laying, jointing, cutting, etc., shall be supplied and properly used. All pipe or conduit shall be thoroughly cleaned before laying and shall be kept clean until accepted in the completed work and when laid, shall conform accurately to the lines and grades given. At all times during pipe or conduit laying operations, the trench shall be kept free of water. D. In case defects are revealed by inspection, the Contractor shall replace the defective pieces and shall bear the expense. E. Compaction: References in these specifications to specific percentage values for required compaction of soils are a percentage of the maximum dry density as defined and determined by the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM), Designation D- 1557. The Owner will engage the services of an approved testing laboratory to verify that the compaction density percentages specified herein have been achieved. 334100 -2 Underground piping 3.2 Trench Excavation: A. All trench excavation work shall be in strict accordance with Division 31, Earthwork and Trench Safety, and as follows. B. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line of 18" if no other grades are indicated. b. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated i. Clearance: 12 inches (300 mm) on each side of pipe or conduit. ii. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4 inches (100 mm) deeper than bottom of pipe elevation to allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe. Excavate trenches 6 inches (150 mm) deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course. 3.3 Trench Backfill: A. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. B. Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches (450 mm) of bottom of footings; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. C. Provide 4 -inch- (100 -mm -) thick, concrete -base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches (750 mm) below surface of roadways. After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase. D. Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material, free of particles larger than 1 inch (25 mm), to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the utility pipe or conduit. 1. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility system. E. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. F. Fill voids with approved backfill materials while shoring and bracing, and as sheeting is removed. G. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade. H. Revise tape depths to suit office practice. 334100 -3 Underground piping I. Trenches shall not be backfilled until measurements have been made for the as- builts. 3.4 Site Restoration: Upon completion of all work the site shall be cleaned up and restored to a condition equal to or better than that existing prior to start. All debris shall be removed and disturbed earth shall be compacted. 3.5 As- Builts: Contractor shall provide one set of accurate red lined drawings indicating as -built condition of all of the work. Said as- builts shall be delivered to the City prior to 100% pay application. END OF SECTION 334100 -4 Underground piping DAVID A. CLARK ARCHITECTS, PLLC SPRAY PARK ADDENDUM NO. SP -1 Federal Way Town Square Park Phase 5 RFB #15 -018 Project: Federal Way Town Square Park Spray Park, Phase 5 Bid Date: Thursday, January 7, 2016, 2 PM PST Addendum Date: December 23, 2015 Sent From: City of Federal Way, Owner Sent Via: David A. Clark Architects, PLLC TO ALL PLANHOLDERS OF RECORD: 0 y vi F U Notice is hereby given to all planholders of record on this date that the following Addendum shall supplement and supersede (if in conflict) all affected portions of the contract on the above referenced project. Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Proposal. Failure to do so may subject the Bidder to disqualification. All items shown in strikeout have been removed from the u. specifications or drawings and all items shown as underlined have been added to the specifications or drawings. Bold type is added for emphasis only. Please note this addendum applies only to the phase noted above. DRAWINGS: 1. Sheet SP -200 MECHANICAL PLANS: Spray Park Contractor to provide (furnish and install) two exhaust fans at the chemical storage cabinet. Provide switches, dampers, mounting brackets, etc. as noted in schedule on Sheet SP -003. Electrical conduit, boxes, circuits, and connections made by Building Contractor. 2. Sheet SP -300 DETAILS: Contractor to provide flammable storage cabinet as shown on detail. Height of cabinet to be 72" headroom, with containment sump. Manufacturer to be Denios PK Series -2 Drum Locker, or approved equal. Contractor may also elect to fabricate cabinet from materials similar to the Denios product, only if allowed by the Architect. Building contractor will provide recessed area in slab to accommodate height of cabinet sump. Spray Park Contractor to coordinate with Building contractor on exact size and location. SPECIFICATIONS: 1. Section 011000 SUMMARY: Add subsection "1.11- A: Contractor Oualifications- Unless otherwise approved by Architect prior to bid, _general contractor and mechanical contractor shall have successfully (in the opinion of the Architect) completed one or more spray park projects of size and complexity equal to this bid. Bids submitted by contractors not meeting this requirement may not be accepted." END OF ADDENDUM NO. SP -1 WA 98092 -8519. TEL 253.351.8877 33017 134TH AVENUE SOUTH, AUBURN A Washington Professional Limited Liability Company Licensed and Registered Architects in Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas and Washington APPENDIX B PROJECT DRAWINGS The following list comprise the Project Drawings: SPRAY PARK PAVING PLAN C -100 LEGENDS AND ABBREVIATIONS SP -001 SCHEDULES SP -002 SCHEDULES SP -003 SITE PLAN SP -100 SITE PLAN — PIPING SP -101 MECHANICAL PLANS SP -200 DETAILS SP -300 FLOW DIAGRAMS SP -400 City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 54 RFB # 15 -018 2015 1 ' ®® I H lH- 1ff1I11 HI-FI II 4 , S aa1 1 g' �a¢a F as1 1 a a ° e li 1 I 4 g @1 4 g 9 i ga1t_'1a a� i i 3 i v • I op O ®® O ®® ®® ®® ®�lr I�{II l l LEGEND I 1 111 a WI B a 1 r it 11.33 <34 10 la all 5$671,.1:1.1 laa an B7elE �i qa a °�. E a R @sg ! 1 , ! I�� f 1 aj K� € 1 1a: a Ilse x + + I, ya g s a � i ° Ip �i a� �g I I , q a B I� di € yy°g; g !1 1g1 �= 1; 31 1. $1 a §qia s 4 �a6sf g r� aI a� gd Id VII g IS �� � g l F a i 1 E a E s o a ,a� i 111 � � 9 € mss 1 1a� 4� �i 11s �I a� BID SET 59 9°a 4'I sr fE�P l ;f f iI11111 1i1 li1i ;a .,irilis imill 111111 111111111 11 iII! � fflIJI a WI !Oh' ' 111/ E1 1 I 11 111 illp Willi � 1 �0� �i b i 1= B f S 1 B • FFI iI!, 1 OW i '.a i ri 6 1 SPRAYGEOUND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 1 lid 1 i:WI i i. .. a 1 11/ 1 a 1 1 3 i 1 i �qq 511 i 11511 11111 ii 15 ii ; F € 1� 3ll� 1 1 111 11 11 s 1 1 1 1 111 11 1 Ills 1 s 1 e 1111 i �� 4 7 ° , £ }� Sf � p } Qjii 1 �' �� 1 pg O d 1 i 11 1 6 � de c '11 bb ■: � �.` 3� [I i i 415 E I9 r Qj9 f ! • Qii is 'i. A ; !III! 1 �a° � jj i ii€ 9 0 11 Y k Y IN II 'a • . K k Y : • z a BID SET BID SET 1 11 1 WEATHERPROOF LOUVER SCHEDULE 1 11 11 x 0 IACKFLOW PREVENTER SCHEDULE Y P 11 37DGUH3S UIDLXN ONIIWU14 Will ! j 1 ig 3p FFlig� _FF p !€ Bill 11 1a ° Iq �., i it 33 il,g 4 111 t 1! 6 �i ®i 2 ill 11 1 5 3 i 3 g Iiiii eg 6; il iygggSEego i 1 4 WATER FEATURE SCHEDULE ➢ € €€ ➢... iii €iiiiii IIII INI!!!!111 $min ! ggggg jg5 „ iii ;IitigE55E45giiii 5!55555555 'S5 gig ggggii iii iii gigs iii iiiiS� g g g i k k k k g Y C Y g i k k Y k Y Y Y Y Y g Y Y Y 0 giggggg5iigii gig giii Mil! Eii iiiiiiiiii 5! iiagiiggee1Keg1ie1e ®LY11 ie6 ::::::rya =: ... ....,...... »__ s !®:ai 1111 1.1111 I111i1, "'1 bib athil6%. l lfo ®® et MVP" `tea % Arinomap,-• 141 51*— 114.11114: BID SET N if '1! It BID SET 1111111111= 4q§4;14 I min Ir. , 111 1 . §ilq§11-1-1 • ; 3 0. • .01 F 1 5I1 •I r IP BID SET 3 e I l BID SET den +�+�F SF�g 000000 0 0000000 1 � C� i' °f !F 9 d II 1� d 11 I z O APPENDIX C PREVAILING WAGE RATES Benefit Code Key for 1 2/9/201 5 County Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note King Brick Mason Journey Level $52.82 5A 1M King Brick Mason Pointer- Caulker - Cleaner $52.82 5A 1M King Carpenters Acoustical Worker $54.02 5D 4C King Carpenters Bridge, Dock And Wharf Carpenters $54.02 5D 4C King Carpenters Carpenter $54.02 5D 4C King Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $54.15 5D 4C King Carpenters Creosoted Material $54.12 5D 4C King Carpenters Floor Finisher $54.02 5D 4C King Carpenters Floor Layer $54.02 5D 4C King Carpenters Scaffold Erector $54.02 5D 4C King Cement Masons Journey Level $53.95 7A 1M King Drywall Applicator Journey Level $54.02 5D 1H King Drywall Tapers Journey Level $54.07 5P 1 E King Electrical Fixture Maintenance Journey Level $26.59 5L 1 E Workers King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $66.76 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel) $71.67 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $64.54 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel) $69.22 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $37.19 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Journey Level $62.30 7C 4E King Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel) $66.76 7C 4E King Electricians - Motor Shop Craftsman $15.37 1 King Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $14.69 1 King Electronic Technicians Journey Level $31.00 1 King Fence Erectors Fence Erector $15.18 1 King Flaggers Journey Level $37.26 7A 31 King Heat Et Frost Insulators And Journeyman $63.18 5J 1S Asbestos Workers King Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $72.83 7F 1 E King Hod Carriers a Mason Tenders Journey Level $45.32 7A 31 King Insulation Applicators Journey Level $54.02 5D 4C King Ironworkers Journeyman $63.53 7N 10 King Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating Screed $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $45.32 7A 31 King Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Batch Weighman $37.26 7A 31 King Laborers Brick Pavers $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Brush Cutter $43.95 7A 31 City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 55 RFB # 15 -018 2015 King Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Burner $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Caisson Worker $45.32 7A 31 King Laborers Carpenter Tender $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Caulker $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Cement Dumper - paving $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Chipping Gun (under 30 Lbs.) $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Chipping Gun(30 Lbs. And Over) $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Choker Setter $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Chuck Tender $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Clary Power Spreader $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Clean -up Laborer $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Concrete Dumper /chute Operator $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Concrete Saw Operator /core Driller $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Crusher Feeder $37.26 7A 31 King Laborers Curing Laborer $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Demolition: Wrecking Et Moving (incl. Charred Material) $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Ditch Digger $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Diver $45.32 7A 31 King Laborers Drill Operator (hydraulic,diamond) $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Dry Stack Walls $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Dump Person $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Epoxy Technician $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Erosion Control Worker $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Faller Et Bucker Chain Saw $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Fine Graders $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Firewatch $37.26 7A 31 King Laborers Form Setter $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers General Laborer $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Grade Checker Et Transit Person $45.32 7A 31 King Laborers Grinders $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Grout Machine Tender $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Groutmen (pressure)including Post Tension Beams $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Guardrail Erector $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level A) $45.32 7A 31 King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level B) $44.76 7A 31 City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 56 RFB # 15 -018 2015 King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level C) $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers High Scaler $45.32 7A 31 King Laborers Jackhammer $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Laserbeam Operator $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Maintenance Person $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Manhole Builder - mudman $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Material Yard Person $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Motorman -dinky Locomotive $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Nozzleman (concrete Pump, Green Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air Et Water On Concrete Et Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, Water Bla $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Pavement Breaker $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Pilot Car $37.26 7A 31 King Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $45.32 7A 31 King Laborers Pipe Layer /tailor $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Pipe Reliner $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Pipe Wrapper $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Pot Tender $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Powderman $45.32 7A 31 King Laborers Powderman's Helper $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Power Jacks $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Raker - Asphalt $45.32 7A 31 King Laborers Re- timberman $45.32 7A 31 King Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Rigger /signal Person $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Rip Rap Person $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Rivet Buster $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Rodder $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Scaffold Erector $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Scale Person $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Sloper (over 20 ") $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Sloper Sprayer $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Spreader (concrete) $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Stake Hopper $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Stock Piler $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Tamper Et Similar Electric, Air Et Gas Operated Tools $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Tamper (multiple Et Self- propelled) $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (lagger, Shorer & Cribber) $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Topper $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Track Laborer $43.95 7A 31 City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 57 RFB # 15 -018 2015 King Laborers Track Liner (power) $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $39.84 7A 31 8R King Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $39.84 7A 31 8R King Laborers Truck Spotter $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Tugger Operator $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 0 -30 psi $74.29 7A 31 8__Q, King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 30.01 -44.00 psi $79.32 7A 31 sg King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 44.01 -54.00 psi $83.00 7A 31 8g King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 54.01 -60.00 psi $88.70 7A 31 8Q, King Laborers Tunnel Work - Compressed Air Worker 60.01 -64.00 psi $90.82 7A 31 King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 64.01 -68.00 psi $95.92 7A 31 N, King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 68.01 -70.00 psi $97.82 7A 31 Q King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 70.01 -72.00 psi $99.82 7A 31 King Laborers Tunnel Work- Compressed Air Worker 72.01 -74.00 psi $101.82 7A 31 8_Q King Laborers Tunnel Work -Guage and Lock Tender $45.42 7A 31 N, King Laborers Tunnel Work -Miner $45.42 7A 31 King Laborers Vibrator $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Vinyl Seamer $43.95 7A 31 King Laborers Watchman $33.86 7A 31 King Laborers Welder $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Well Point Laborer $44.76 7A 31 King Laborers Window Washer /cleaner $33.86 7A 31 King Laborers - Underground Sewer General Laborer a Topman $43.95 7A 31 a Water King Laborers - Underground Sewer Pipe Layer $44.76 7A 31 Et Water King Painters Journey Level $37.80 6Z 2B King Plumbers Et Pipefitters Journey Level $74.69 6Z 1G King Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Brooms $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cableways $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Chipper $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Compressor $53.57 7A 3C 8P City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 58 RFB # 15 -018 2015 King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine -laser Screed $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes Friction: 200 tons and over $58.67 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (Including Jib With Attachments) $57.51 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of boom including jib with attachments $58.10 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of boom including jib with attachments $58.67 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And Under $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $58.10 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Through 19 Tons With Attachments A -frame Over 10 Tons $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Crusher $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer /deck Winches (power) $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Dozers D -9 Et Under $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $57.51 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man -lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco Et Similar Equipment $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $53.57 7A 3C 8P City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 59 RFB # 15 -018 2015 King Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $56.44 74 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker /stakernan $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. a Over $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal /directional Drill Locator $56.00 74 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal /directional Drill Operator $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts /boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $56.00 74 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts /boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. a Over $57.51 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $56.44 74 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $56.00 74 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $56.44 7,4 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadrnen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $57.51 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And /or Shield $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution Et Mulch Seeding Operator $53.57 74 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $57.51 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tors $56.94 74 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $53.57 74 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $53.57 7A 3C 8P City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 60 RFB # 15 -018 2015 King Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Rigger And Bellman $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Rigger /Signal Person, Bellman (Certified) $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift Materials $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Roto -mill, Roto - grinder $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self - propelled: 45 Yards And Over $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete /gunite Equipment $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $57.51 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $58.10 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider &. Screedman $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $57.51 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane: over 175' through 250' in height, base to boom $58.10 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from base to boom $58.67 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler /driver - 100 $56.44 7A 3C 8P City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 61 RFB # 15 -018 2015 City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 62 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Tons And Over King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler /driver Under 100 Tons $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Welder $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $53.57 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $56.44 7A 3C 8P King Power Equipment Operators- Asphalt Plant Operators $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Assistant Engineer $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Barrier Machine (zipper) $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Bobcat $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Brooms $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Bump Cutter $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cableways $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Chipper $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Compressor $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Finish Machine -laser Screed $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure. $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Conveyors $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes Friction: 200 tons and over $58.67 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 Tons, Or 150' Of Boom (Including Jib With Attachments) $57.51 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of boom including jib $58.10 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 62 RFB # 15 -018 2015 City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 63 RFB # 15 -018 2015 with attachments King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of boom including jib with attachments $58.67 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: A -frame - 10 Tons And Under $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $58.10 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: Through 19 Tons With Attachments A -frame Over 10 Tons $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water King Power Equipment Operators- Crusher $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Deck Engineer /deck Winches (power) $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Derricks, On Building Work $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Dozers D -9 Et Under $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Drilling Machine $57.51 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Elevator And Man -lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco Et Similar Equipment $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water King Power Equipment Operators- Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Gradechecker /stakeman $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Guardrail Punch $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. Et Over $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off -road Equipment Under 45 Yards $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal /directional Drill Locator $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer &t Water King Power Equipment Operators- Horizontal /directional Drill Operator $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer &t Water King Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts /boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 63 RFB # 15 -018 2015 King Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts /boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. a Over $57.51 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders, Plant Feed $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Locomotives, All $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Material Transfer Device $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $57.51 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Motor Patrol Graders $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And /or Shield $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & Mulch Seeding Operator $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Outside Hoists (elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers,strato $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer E Water King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $57.51 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Pavement Breaker $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Posthole Digger, Mechanical $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Power Plant $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Pumps - Water $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 64 RFB # 15 -018 2015 City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 65 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Equipment King Power Equipment Operators- Rigger And Bellman $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer a Water King Power Equipment Operators- Rigger /Signal Person, Bellman (Certified) $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Rollagon $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi -lift Materials $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Roto -mill, Roto - grinder $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Saws - Concrete $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Scrapers, Self - propelled: 45 Yards And Over $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Service Engineers - Equipment $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shotcrete /gunite Equipment $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons. $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $57.51 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $58.10 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Slipform Pavers $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Spreader, Topsider Et Screedman $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Subgrader Trimmer $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Bucket Elevators $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $57.51 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Crane: over 175' through 250' in height, base to boom $58.10 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from base to boom $58.67 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Transporters, All Track Or $56.94 7A 3C 8P City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 65 RFB # 15 -018 2015 City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 66 RFB # 15 -018 2015 Underground Sewer a Water Truck Type King Power Equipment Operators- Trenching Machines $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler /driver - 100 Tons And Over $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer & Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Crane Oiler /driver Under 100 Tons $56.00 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Welder $56.94 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $53.57 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Power Equipment Operators- Yo Yo Pay Dozer $56.44 7A 3C 8P Underground Sewer Et Water King Roofers Journey Level $45.71 5A 3H King Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous Materials $48.71 5A 3H King Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $72.83 7F 1E King Sign Makers Et Installers (Non- Sign Installer $27.28 1 Electrical) King Sign Makers Et Installers (Non- Sign Maker $33.25 1 Electrical) King Street And Parking Lot Journey Level $19.09 1 Sweeper Workers King Surveyors Assistant Construction Site Surveyor $56.00 7A 3C 8P King Surveyors Chainman $55.47 7A 3C 8P King Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $56.94 7A 3C 8P King Telecommunication Journey Level $22.76 1 Technicians King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards (W. WA -Joint Council 28) $49.85 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards (W. WA -Joint Council 28) $49.01 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Dump Truck Et Trailer $49.85 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Dump Truck (W. WA -Joint Council 28) $49.01 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Other Trucks (W. WA -Joint Council 28) $49.85 5D 3A 8L King Truck Drivers Transit Mixer $43.23 1 City of Federal Way Town Square Park RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 66 RFB # 15 -018 2015 THE UNITS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES ACT OF ANY STATE. THE UNITS MAY NOT BE RESOLD, TRANSFERRED, OR ASSIGNED BY A MEMBER OR ASSIGNEE UNLESS THE MEMBER OR ASSIGNEE HAS COMPLIED WITH THE TERMS OF THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT AND APPLICABLE LAW. AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT OF HENDERSON PARTNERS LLC THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT (the "Agreement ") of Henderson Partners LLC (the "Company ") is made and entered into effective as of January 1, 2016, by and among the undersigned members of the Company. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS The following terms used in this Operating Agreement shall have the following meanings (unless otherwise expressly provided herein): "Act" means the Washington limited liability company act. "Additional Capital Contribution" means with respect to each Unit Holder, the Capital Contributions made by such Unit Holder pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof. In the event Units are transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Additional Capital Contributions of the transferor to the extent that they relate to the transferred Units. "Adjusted Capital Account Deficit" means, with respect to any Unit Holder, the deficit balance, if any, in such Unit Holder's Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Allocation Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments: (a) credit to such Capital Account any amounts which such Unit Holder is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences in Sections 1.704- 2(g)(1) and 1.704- 20)(5) of the Regulations; and (b) debit to such Capital Account the items described in Sections 1.704- 1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704- 1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and 1.704- 1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) of the Regulations. The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. "Affiliate" means with respect to any Person: (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; or (ii) any other Person that owns beneficially, directly or indirectly, ten percent or more of the outstanding capital stock, shares or equity interests of such Person or (iii) any officer, director, general partner (or in the case of a limited liability company, manager) of such 4820 - 9131 - 5970.02 63644.00002 1 SCHEDULE 1 MEMBER INFORMATION Name and Address Number of Percentage Units Interest Michael R. Wall 50 50% 11302 Burnham Dr. NW Gig Harbor, WA 98332 Jonathan Wall 25 25% 11302 Burnham Dr. NW Gig Harbor, WA 98332 Nicholas J. Wall 25 25% 11302 Burnham Dr. NW Gig Harbor, WA 98332 4820 - 9131 - 5970.02 63644.00002 34 CONSENT OF MANAGER OF HENDERSON PARTNERS LLC THE UNDERSIGNED, constituting the Manager of Henderson Partners LLC (the "Company "), hereby consent to the following action pursuant to Article 8 of the Company's Amended and Restated Operating Agreement: Appointment of Officers RESOLVED, that the following persons are hereby appointed to serve in the offices listed opposite each person's name until such person's successors are appointed and qualified: Chairman / Chief Executive Officer Michael R. Wall Chief Operating Officer / General Manager Nicholas J. Wall Chief Sales Officer Jonathan Wall Controller Beverly Clifton Dated: February/.Z., 2016 Dated: Februarys., 2016 Dated: February , 2016 4820 - 8370 - 4835.01 63644.00001 Michael R. Wall, Manager Nicholas J. Wall, Manager